##// END OF EJS Templates
persistent-nodemap: add a revlog.storage.persistent-nodemap.slow-path option...
marmoute -
r47026:05a1e44b default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,2587 +1,2595 b''
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 #
2 #
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 #
4 #
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7
7
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9
9
10 import functools
10 import functools
11 import re
11 import re
12
12
13 from . import (
13 from . import (
14 encoding,
14 encoding,
15 error,
15 error,
16 )
16 )
17
17
18
18
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
24 newkeys = set(items)
24 newkeys = set(items)
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 msg = b"extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 msg %= (extname, section, key)
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
28 ui.develwarn(msg, config=b'warn-config')
29
29
30 knownitems.update(items)
30 knownitems.update(items)
31
31
32
32
33 class configitem(object):
33 class configitem(object):
34 """represent a known config item
34 """represent a known config item
35
35
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
36 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
37 :name: the official name within the section,
38 :default: default value for this item,
38 :default: default value for this item,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
39 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
40 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
41 """
41 """
42
42
43 def __init__(
43 def __init__(
44 self,
44 self,
45 section,
45 section,
46 name,
46 name,
47 default=None,
47 default=None,
48 alias=(),
48 alias=(),
49 generic=False,
49 generic=False,
50 priority=0,
50 priority=0,
51 experimental=False,
51 experimental=False,
52 ):
52 ):
53 self.section = section
53 self.section = section
54 self.name = name
54 self.name = name
55 self.default = default
55 self.default = default
56 self.alias = list(alias)
56 self.alias = list(alias)
57 self.generic = generic
57 self.generic = generic
58 self.priority = priority
58 self.priority = priority
59 self.experimental = experimental
59 self.experimental = experimental
60 self._re = None
60 self._re = None
61 if generic:
61 if generic:
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
62 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
63
63
64
64
65 class itemregister(dict):
65 class itemregister(dict):
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
66 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
67
67
68 def __init__(self):
68 def __init__(self):
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
69 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
70 self._generics = set()
70 self._generics = set()
71
71
72 def update(self, other):
72 def update(self, other):
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
73 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
74 self._generics.update(other._generics)
75
75
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
76 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
77 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
78 if item.generic:
78 if item.generic:
79 self._generics.add(item)
79 self._generics.add(item)
80
80
81 def get(self, key):
81 def get(self, key):
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
82 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
83 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
84 return baseitem
84 return baseitem
85
85
86 # search for a matching generic item
86 # search for a matching generic item
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
87 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
88 for item in generics:
88 for item in generics:
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
89 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
90 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
91 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
92 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
93 #
93 #
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
94 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
95 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
96 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
97 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
98 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
99 # The "^" seems more error prone.
100 if item._re.match(key):
100 if item._re.match(key):
101 return item
101 return item
102
102
103 return None
103 return None
104
104
105
105
106 coreitems = {}
106 coreitems = {}
107
107
108
108
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
109 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
110 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
111 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
112 if item.name in section:
112 if item.name in section:
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
113 msg = b"duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
114 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
115 section[item.name] = item
115 section[item.name] = item
116
116
117
117
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
118 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
119 dynamicdefault = object()
119 dynamicdefault = object()
120
120
121 # Registering actual config items
121 # Registering actual config items
122
122
123
123
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
124 def getitemregister(configtable):
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
125 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
126 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
127 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
128 return f
128 return f
129
129
130
130
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
131 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
132
132
133
133
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
134 def _registerdiffopts(section, configprefix=b''):
135 coreconfigitem(
135 coreconfigitem(
136 section,
136 section,
137 configprefix + b'nodates',
137 configprefix + b'nodates',
138 default=False,
138 default=False,
139 )
139 )
140 coreconfigitem(
140 coreconfigitem(
141 section,
141 section,
142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
142 configprefix + b'showfunc',
143 default=False,
143 default=False,
144 )
144 )
145 coreconfigitem(
145 coreconfigitem(
146 section,
146 section,
147 configprefix + b'unified',
147 configprefix + b'unified',
148 default=None,
148 default=None,
149 )
149 )
150 coreconfigitem(
150 coreconfigitem(
151 section,
151 section,
152 configprefix + b'git',
152 configprefix + b'git',
153 default=False,
153 default=False,
154 )
154 )
155 coreconfigitem(
155 coreconfigitem(
156 section,
156 section,
157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
157 configprefix + b'ignorews',
158 default=False,
158 default=False,
159 )
159 )
160 coreconfigitem(
160 coreconfigitem(
161 section,
161 section,
162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
162 configprefix + b'ignorewsamount',
163 default=False,
163 default=False,
164 )
164 )
165 coreconfigitem(
165 coreconfigitem(
166 section,
166 section,
167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
167 configprefix + b'ignoreblanklines',
168 default=False,
168 default=False,
169 )
169 )
170 coreconfigitem(
170 coreconfigitem(
171 section,
171 section,
172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
172 configprefix + b'ignorewseol',
173 default=False,
173 default=False,
174 )
174 )
175 coreconfigitem(
175 coreconfigitem(
176 section,
176 section,
177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
177 configprefix + b'nobinary',
178 default=False,
178 default=False,
179 )
179 )
180 coreconfigitem(
180 coreconfigitem(
181 section,
181 section,
182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
182 configprefix + b'noprefix',
183 default=False,
183 default=False,
184 )
184 )
185 coreconfigitem(
185 coreconfigitem(
186 section,
186 section,
187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
187 configprefix + b'word-diff',
188 default=False,
188 default=False,
189 )
189 )
190
190
191
191
192 coreconfigitem(
192 coreconfigitem(
193 b'alias',
193 b'alias',
194 b'.*',
194 b'.*',
195 default=dynamicdefault,
195 default=dynamicdefault,
196 generic=True,
196 generic=True,
197 )
197 )
198 coreconfigitem(
198 coreconfigitem(
199 b'auth',
199 b'auth',
200 b'cookiefile',
200 b'cookiefile',
201 default=None,
201 default=None,
202 )
202 )
203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
203 _registerdiffopts(section=b'annotate')
204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
204 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
205 coreconfigitem(
205 coreconfigitem(
206 b'bookmarks',
206 b'bookmarks',
207 b'pushing',
207 b'pushing',
208 default=list,
208 default=list,
209 )
209 )
210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
210 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
211 coreconfigitem(
211 coreconfigitem(
212 b'bundle',
212 b'bundle',
213 b'mainreporoot',
213 b'mainreporoot',
214 default=b'',
214 default=b'',
215 )
215 )
216 coreconfigitem(
216 coreconfigitem(
217 b'censor',
217 b'censor',
218 b'policy',
218 b'policy',
219 default=b'abort',
219 default=b'abort',
220 experimental=True,
220 experimental=True,
221 )
221 )
222 coreconfigitem(
222 coreconfigitem(
223 b'chgserver',
223 b'chgserver',
224 b'idletimeout',
224 b'idletimeout',
225 default=3600,
225 default=3600,
226 )
226 )
227 coreconfigitem(
227 coreconfigitem(
228 b'chgserver',
228 b'chgserver',
229 b'skiphash',
229 b'skiphash',
230 default=False,
230 default=False,
231 )
231 )
232 coreconfigitem(
232 coreconfigitem(
233 b'cmdserver',
233 b'cmdserver',
234 b'log',
234 b'log',
235 default=None,
235 default=None,
236 )
236 )
237 coreconfigitem(
237 coreconfigitem(
238 b'cmdserver',
238 b'cmdserver',
239 b'max-log-files',
239 b'max-log-files',
240 default=7,
240 default=7,
241 )
241 )
242 coreconfigitem(
242 coreconfigitem(
243 b'cmdserver',
243 b'cmdserver',
244 b'max-log-size',
244 b'max-log-size',
245 default=b'1 MB',
245 default=b'1 MB',
246 )
246 )
247 coreconfigitem(
247 coreconfigitem(
248 b'cmdserver',
248 b'cmdserver',
249 b'max-repo-cache',
249 b'max-repo-cache',
250 default=0,
250 default=0,
251 experimental=True,
251 experimental=True,
252 )
252 )
253 coreconfigitem(
253 coreconfigitem(
254 b'cmdserver',
254 b'cmdserver',
255 b'message-encodings',
255 b'message-encodings',
256 default=list,
256 default=list,
257 )
257 )
258 coreconfigitem(
258 coreconfigitem(
259 b'cmdserver',
259 b'cmdserver',
260 b'track-log',
260 b'track-log',
261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
261 default=lambda: [b'chgserver', b'cmdserver', b'repocache'],
262 )
262 )
263 coreconfigitem(
263 coreconfigitem(
264 b'cmdserver',
264 b'cmdserver',
265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
265 b'shutdown-on-interrupt',
266 default=True,
266 default=True,
267 )
267 )
268 coreconfigitem(
268 coreconfigitem(
269 b'color',
269 b'color',
270 b'.*',
270 b'.*',
271 default=None,
271 default=None,
272 generic=True,
272 generic=True,
273 )
273 )
274 coreconfigitem(
274 coreconfigitem(
275 b'color',
275 b'color',
276 b'mode',
276 b'mode',
277 default=b'auto',
277 default=b'auto',
278 )
278 )
279 coreconfigitem(
279 coreconfigitem(
280 b'color',
280 b'color',
281 b'pagermode',
281 b'pagermode',
282 default=dynamicdefault,
282 default=dynamicdefault,
283 )
283 )
284 coreconfigitem(
284 coreconfigitem(
285 b'command-templates',
285 b'command-templates',
286 b'graphnode',
286 b'graphnode',
287 default=None,
287 default=None,
288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
288 alias=[(b'ui', b'graphnodetemplate')],
289 )
289 )
290 coreconfigitem(
290 coreconfigitem(
291 b'command-templates',
291 b'command-templates',
292 b'log',
292 b'log',
293 default=None,
293 default=None,
294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
294 alias=[(b'ui', b'logtemplate')],
295 )
295 )
296 coreconfigitem(
296 coreconfigitem(
297 b'command-templates',
297 b'command-templates',
298 b'mergemarker',
298 b'mergemarker',
299 default=(
299 default=(
300 b'{node|short} '
300 b'{node|short} '
301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
301 b'{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
302 b'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
303 b'{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
304 b'{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
305 b'- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}'
306 ),
306 ),
307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
307 alias=[(b'ui', b'mergemarkertemplate')],
308 )
308 )
309 coreconfigitem(
309 coreconfigitem(
310 b'command-templates',
310 b'command-templates',
311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
311 b'pre-merge-tool-output',
312 default=None,
312 default=None,
313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
313 alias=[(b'ui', b'pre-merge-tool-output-template')],
314 )
314 )
315 coreconfigitem(
315 coreconfigitem(
316 b'command-templates',
316 b'command-templates',
317 b'oneline-summary',
317 b'oneline-summary',
318 default=None,
318 default=None,
319 )
319 )
320 coreconfigitem(
320 coreconfigitem(
321 b'command-templates',
321 b'command-templates',
322 b'oneline-summary.*',
322 b'oneline-summary.*',
323 default=dynamicdefault,
323 default=dynamicdefault,
324 generic=True,
324 generic=True,
325 )
325 )
326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
326 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'commit.interactive.')
327 coreconfigitem(
327 coreconfigitem(
328 b'commands',
328 b'commands',
329 b'commit.post-status',
329 b'commit.post-status',
330 default=False,
330 default=False,
331 )
331 )
332 coreconfigitem(
332 coreconfigitem(
333 b'commands',
333 b'commands',
334 b'grep.all-files',
334 b'grep.all-files',
335 default=False,
335 default=False,
336 experimental=True,
336 experimental=True,
337 )
337 )
338 coreconfigitem(
338 coreconfigitem(
339 b'commands',
339 b'commands',
340 b'merge.require-rev',
340 b'merge.require-rev',
341 default=False,
341 default=False,
342 )
342 )
343 coreconfigitem(
343 coreconfigitem(
344 b'commands',
344 b'commands',
345 b'push.require-revs',
345 b'push.require-revs',
346 default=False,
346 default=False,
347 )
347 )
348 coreconfigitem(
348 coreconfigitem(
349 b'commands',
349 b'commands',
350 b'resolve.confirm',
350 b'resolve.confirm',
351 default=False,
351 default=False,
352 )
352 )
353 coreconfigitem(
353 coreconfigitem(
354 b'commands',
354 b'commands',
355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
355 b'resolve.explicit-re-merge',
356 default=False,
356 default=False,
357 )
357 )
358 coreconfigitem(
358 coreconfigitem(
359 b'commands',
359 b'commands',
360 b'resolve.mark-check',
360 b'resolve.mark-check',
361 default=b'none',
361 default=b'none',
362 )
362 )
363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
363 _registerdiffopts(section=b'commands', configprefix=b'revert.interactive.')
364 coreconfigitem(
364 coreconfigitem(
365 b'commands',
365 b'commands',
366 b'show.aliasprefix',
366 b'show.aliasprefix',
367 default=list,
367 default=list,
368 )
368 )
369 coreconfigitem(
369 coreconfigitem(
370 b'commands',
370 b'commands',
371 b'status.relative',
371 b'status.relative',
372 default=False,
372 default=False,
373 )
373 )
374 coreconfigitem(
374 coreconfigitem(
375 b'commands',
375 b'commands',
376 b'status.skipstates',
376 b'status.skipstates',
377 default=[],
377 default=[],
378 experimental=True,
378 experimental=True,
379 )
379 )
380 coreconfigitem(
380 coreconfigitem(
381 b'commands',
381 b'commands',
382 b'status.terse',
382 b'status.terse',
383 default=b'',
383 default=b'',
384 )
384 )
385 coreconfigitem(
385 coreconfigitem(
386 b'commands',
386 b'commands',
387 b'status.verbose',
387 b'status.verbose',
388 default=False,
388 default=False,
389 )
389 )
390 coreconfigitem(
390 coreconfigitem(
391 b'commands',
391 b'commands',
392 b'update.check',
392 b'update.check',
393 default=None,
393 default=None,
394 )
394 )
395 coreconfigitem(
395 coreconfigitem(
396 b'commands',
396 b'commands',
397 b'update.requiredest',
397 b'update.requiredest',
398 default=False,
398 default=False,
399 )
399 )
400 coreconfigitem(
400 coreconfigitem(
401 b'committemplate',
401 b'committemplate',
402 b'.*',
402 b'.*',
403 default=None,
403 default=None,
404 generic=True,
404 generic=True,
405 )
405 )
406 coreconfigitem(
406 coreconfigitem(
407 b'convert',
407 b'convert',
408 b'bzr.saverev',
408 b'bzr.saverev',
409 default=True,
409 default=True,
410 )
410 )
411 coreconfigitem(
411 coreconfigitem(
412 b'convert',
412 b'convert',
413 b'cvsps.cache',
413 b'cvsps.cache',
414 default=True,
414 default=True,
415 )
415 )
416 coreconfigitem(
416 coreconfigitem(
417 b'convert',
417 b'convert',
418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
418 b'cvsps.fuzz',
419 default=60,
419 default=60,
420 )
420 )
421 coreconfigitem(
421 coreconfigitem(
422 b'convert',
422 b'convert',
423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
423 b'cvsps.logencoding',
424 default=None,
424 default=None,
425 )
425 )
426 coreconfigitem(
426 coreconfigitem(
427 b'convert',
427 b'convert',
428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
428 b'cvsps.mergefrom',
429 default=None,
429 default=None,
430 )
430 )
431 coreconfigitem(
431 coreconfigitem(
432 b'convert',
432 b'convert',
433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
433 b'cvsps.mergeto',
434 default=None,
434 default=None,
435 )
435 )
436 coreconfigitem(
436 coreconfigitem(
437 b'convert',
437 b'convert',
438 b'git.committeractions',
438 b'git.committeractions',
439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
439 default=lambda: [b'messagedifferent'],
440 )
440 )
441 coreconfigitem(
441 coreconfigitem(
442 b'convert',
442 b'convert',
443 b'git.extrakeys',
443 b'git.extrakeys',
444 default=list,
444 default=list,
445 )
445 )
446 coreconfigitem(
446 coreconfigitem(
447 b'convert',
447 b'convert',
448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
448 b'git.findcopiesharder',
449 default=False,
449 default=False,
450 )
450 )
451 coreconfigitem(
451 coreconfigitem(
452 b'convert',
452 b'convert',
453 b'git.remoteprefix',
453 b'git.remoteprefix',
454 default=b'remote',
454 default=b'remote',
455 )
455 )
456 coreconfigitem(
456 coreconfigitem(
457 b'convert',
457 b'convert',
458 b'git.renamelimit',
458 b'git.renamelimit',
459 default=400,
459 default=400,
460 )
460 )
461 coreconfigitem(
461 coreconfigitem(
462 b'convert',
462 b'convert',
463 b'git.saverev',
463 b'git.saverev',
464 default=True,
464 default=True,
465 )
465 )
466 coreconfigitem(
466 coreconfigitem(
467 b'convert',
467 b'convert',
468 b'git.similarity',
468 b'git.similarity',
469 default=50,
469 default=50,
470 )
470 )
471 coreconfigitem(
471 coreconfigitem(
472 b'convert',
472 b'convert',
473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
473 b'git.skipsubmodules',
474 default=False,
474 default=False,
475 )
475 )
476 coreconfigitem(
476 coreconfigitem(
477 b'convert',
477 b'convert',
478 b'hg.clonebranches',
478 b'hg.clonebranches',
479 default=False,
479 default=False,
480 )
480 )
481 coreconfigitem(
481 coreconfigitem(
482 b'convert',
482 b'convert',
483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
483 b'hg.ignoreerrors',
484 default=False,
484 default=False,
485 )
485 )
486 coreconfigitem(
486 coreconfigitem(
487 b'convert',
487 b'convert',
488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
488 b'hg.preserve-hash',
489 default=False,
489 default=False,
490 )
490 )
491 coreconfigitem(
491 coreconfigitem(
492 b'convert',
492 b'convert',
493 b'hg.revs',
493 b'hg.revs',
494 default=None,
494 default=None,
495 )
495 )
496 coreconfigitem(
496 coreconfigitem(
497 b'convert',
497 b'convert',
498 b'hg.saverev',
498 b'hg.saverev',
499 default=False,
499 default=False,
500 )
500 )
501 coreconfigitem(
501 coreconfigitem(
502 b'convert',
502 b'convert',
503 b'hg.sourcename',
503 b'hg.sourcename',
504 default=None,
504 default=None,
505 )
505 )
506 coreconfigitem(
506 coreconfigitem(
507 b'convert',
507 b'convert',
508 b'hg.startrev',
508 b'hg.startrev',
509 default=None,
509 default=None,
510 )
510 )
511 coreconfigitem(
511 coreconfigitem(
512 b'convert',
512 b'convert',
513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
513 b'hg.tagsbranch',
514 default=b'default',
514 default=b'default',
515 )
515 )
516 coreconfigitem(
516 coreconfigitem(
517 b'convert',
517 b'convert',
518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
518 b'hg.usebranchnames',
519 default=True,
519 default=True,
520 )
520 )
521 coreconfigitem(
521 coreconfigitem(
522 b'convert',
522 b'convert',
523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
523 b'ignoreancestorcheck',
524 default=False,
524 default=False,
525 experimental=True,
525 experimental=True,
526 )
526 )
527 coreconfigitem(
527 coreconfigitem(
528 b'convert',
528 b'convert',
529 b'localtimezone',
529 b'localtimezone',
530 default=False,
530 default=False,
531 )
531 )
532 coreconfigitem(
532 coreconfigitem(
533 b'convert',
533 b'convert',
534 b'p4.encoding',
534 b'p4.encoding',
535 default=dynamicdefault,
535 default=dynamicdefault,
536 )
536 )
537 coreconfigitem(
537 coreconfigitem(
538 b'convert',
538 b'convert',
539 b'p4.startrev',
539 b'p4.startrev',
540 default=0,
540 default=0,
541 )
541 )
542 coreconfigitem(
542 coreconfigitem(
543 b'convert',
543 b'convert',
544 b'skiptags',
544 b'skiptags',
545 default=False,
545 default=False,
546 )
546 )
547 coreconfigitem(
547 coreconfigitem(
548 b'convert',
548 b'convert',
549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
549 b'svn.debugsvnlog',
550 default=True,
550 default=True,
551 )
551 )
552 coreconfigitem(
552 coreconfigitem(
553 b'convert',
553 b'convert',
554 b'svn.trunk',
554 b'svn.trunk',
555 default=None,
555 default=None,
556 )
556 )
557 coreconfigitem(
557 coreconfigitem(
558 b'convert',
558 b'convert',
559 b'svn.tags',
559 b'svn.tags',
560 default=None,
560 default=None,
561 )
561 )
562 coreconfigitem(
562 coreconfigitem(
563 b'convert',
563 b'convert',
564 b'svn.branches',
564 b'svn.branches',
565 default=None,
565 default=None,
566 )
566 )
567 coreconfigitem(
567 coreconfigitem(
568 b'convert',
568 b'convert',
569 b'svn.startrev',
569 b'svn.startrev',
570 default=0,
570 default=0,
571 )
571 )
572 coreconfigitem(
572 coreconfigitem(
573 b'debug',
573 b'debug',
574 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
574 b'dirstate.delaywrite',
575 default=0,
575 default=0,
576 )
576 )
577 coreconfigitem(
577 coreconfigitem(
578 b'defaults',
578 b'defaults',
579 b'.*',
579 b'.*',
580 default=None,
580 default=None,
581 generic=True,
581 generic=True,
582 )
582 )
583 coreconfigitem(
583 coreconfigitem(
584 b'devel',
584 b'devel',
585 b'all-warnings',
585 b'all-warnings',
586 default=False,
586 default=False,
587 )
587 )
588 coreconfigitem(
588 coreconfigitem(
589 b'devel',
589 b'devel',
590 b'bundle2.debug',
590 b'bundle2.debug',
591 default=False,
591 default=False,
592 )
592 )
593 coreconfigitem(
593 coreconfigitem(
594 b'devel',
594 b'devel',
595 b'bundle.delta',
595 b'bundle.delta',
596 default=b'',
596 default=b'',
597 )
597 )
598 coreconfigitem(
598 coreconfigitem(
599 b'devel',
599 b'devel',
600 b'cache-vfs',
600 b'cache-vfs',
601 default=None,
601 default=None,
602 )
602 )
603 coreconfigitem(
603 coreconfigitem(
604 b'devel',
604 b'devel',
605 b'check-locks',
605 b'check-locks',
606 default=False,
606 default=False,
607 )
607 )
608 coreconfigitem(
608 coreconfigitem(
609 b'devel',
609 b'devel',
610 b'check-relroot',
610 b'check-relroot',
611 default=False,
611 default=False,
612 )
612 )
613 coreconfigitem(
613 coreconfigitem(
614 b'devel',
614 b'devel',
615 b'default-date',
615 b'default-date',
616 default=None,
616 default=None,
617 )
617 )
618 coreconfigitem(
618 coreconfigitem(
619 b'devel',
619 b'devel',
620 b'deprec-warn',
620 b'deprec-warn',
621 default=False,
621 default=False,
622 )
622 )
623 coreconfigitem(
623 coreconfigitem(
624 b'devel',
624 b'devel',
625 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
625 b'disableloaddefaultcerts',
626 default=False,
626 default=False,
627 )
627 )
628 coreconfigitem(
628 coreconfigitem(
629 b'devel',
629 b'devel',
630 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
630 b'warn-empty-changegroup',
631 default=False,
631 default=False,
632 )
632 )
633 coreconfigitem(
633 coreconfigitem(
634 b'devel',
634 b'devel',
635 b'legacy.exchange',
635 b'legacy.exchange',
636 default=list,
636 default=list,
637 )
637 )
638 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
638 # When True, revlogs use a special reference version of the nodemap, that is not
639 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
639 # performant but is "known" to behave properly.
640 coreconfigitem(
640 coreconfigitem(
641 b'devel',
641 b'devel',
642 b'persistent-nodemap',
642 b'persistent-nodemap',
643 default=False,
643 default=False,
644 )
644 )
645 coreconfigitem(
645 coreconfigitem(
646 b'devel',
646 b'devel',
647 b'servercafile',
647 b'servercafile',
648 default=b'',
648 default=b'',
649 )
649 )
650 coreconfigitem(
650 coreconfigitem(
651 b'devel',
651 b'devel',
652 b'serverexactprotocol',
652 b'serverexactprotocol',
653 default=b'',
653 default=b'',
654 )
654 )
655 coreconfigitem(
655 coreconfigitem(
656 b'devel',
656 b'devel',
657 b'serverrequirecert',
657 b'serverrequirecert',
658 default=False,
658 default=False,
659 )
659 )
660 coreconfigitem(
660 coreconfigitem(
661 b'devel',
661 b'devel',
662 b'strip-obsmarkers',
662 b'strip-obsmarkers',
663 default=True,
663 default=True,
664 )
664 )
665 coreconfigitem(
665 coreconfigitem(
666 b'devel',
666 b'devel',
667 b'warn-config',
667 b'warn-config',
668 default=None,
668 default=None,
669 )
669 )
670 coreconfigitem(
670 coreconfigitem(
671 b'devel',
671 b'devel',
672 b'warn-config-default',
672 b'warn-config-default',
673 default=None,
673 default=None,
674 )
674 )
675 coreconfigitem(
675 coreconfigitem(
676 b'devel',
676 b'devel',
677 b'user.obsmarker',
677 b'user.obsmarker',
678 default=None,
678 default=None,
679 )
679 )
680 coreconfigitem(
680 coreconfigitem(
681 b'devel',
681 b'devel',
682 b'warn-config-unknown',
682 b'warn-config-unknown',
683 default=None,
683 default=None,
684 )
684 )
685 coreconfigitem(
685 coreconfigitem(
686 b'devel',
686 b'devel',
687 b'debug.copies',
687 b'debug.copies',
688 default=False,
688 default=False,
689 )
689 )
690 coreconfigitem(
690 coreconfigitem(
691 b'devel',
691 b'devel',
692 b'debug.extensions',
692 b'debug.extensions',
693 default=False,
693 default=False,
694 )
694 )
695 coreconfigitem(
695 coreconfigitem(
696 b'devel',
696 b'devel',
697 b'debug.repo-filters',
697 b'debug.repo-filters',
698 default=False,
698 default=False,
699 )
699 )
700 coreconfigitem(
700 coreconfigitem(
701 b'devel',
701 b'devel',
702 b'debug.peer-request',
702 b'debug.peer-request',
703 default=False,
703 default=False,
704 )
704 )
705 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
705 # If discovery.grow-sample is False, the sample size used in set discovery will
706 # not be increased through the process
706 # not be increased through the process
707 coreconfigitem(
707 coreconfigitem(
708 b'devel',
708 b'devel',
709 b'discovery.grow-sample',
709 b'discovery.grow-sample',
710 default=True,
710 default=True,
711 )
711 )
712 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
712 # discovery.grow-sample.rate control the rate at which the sample grow
713 coreconfigitem(
713 coreconfigitem(
714 b'devel',
714 b'devel',
715 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
715 b'discovery.grow-sample.rate',
716 default=1.05,
716 default=1.05,
717 )
717 )
718 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
718 # If discovery.randomize is False, random sampling during discovery are
719 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
719 # deterministic. It is meant for integration tests.
720 coreconfigitem(
720 coreconfigitem(
721 b'devel',
721 b'devel',
722 b'discovery.randomize',
722 b'discovery.randomize',
723 default=True,
723 default=True,
724 )
724 )
725 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
725 _registerdiffopts(section=b'diff')
726 coreconfigitem(
726 coreconfigitem(
727 b'email',
727 b'email',
728 b'bcc',
728 b'bcc',
729 default=None,
729 default=None,
730 )
730 )
731 coreconfigitem(
731 coreconfigitem(
732 b'email',
732 b'email',
733 b'cc',
733 b'cc',
734 default=None,
734 default=None,
735 )
735 )
736 coreconfigitem(
736 coreconfigitem(
737 b'email',
737 b'email',
738 b'charsets',
738 b'charsets',
739 default=list,
739 default=list,
740 )
740 )
741 coreconfigitem(
741 coreconfigitem(
742 b'email',
742 b'email',
743 b'from',
743 b'from',
744 default=None,
744 default=None,
745 )
745 )
746 coreconfigitem(
746 coreconfigitem(
747 b'email',
747 b'email',
748 b'method',
748 b'method',
749 default=b'smtp',
749 default=b'smtp',
750 )
750 )
751 coreconfigitem(
751 coreconfigitem(
752 b'email',
752 b'email',
753 b'reply-to',
753 b'reply-to',
754 default=None,
754 default=None,
755 )
755 )
756 coreconfigitem(
756 coreconfigitem(
757 b'email',
757 b'email',
758 b'to',
758 b'to',
759 default=None,
759 default=None,
760 )
760 )
761 coreconfigitem(
761 coreconfigitem(
762 b'experimental',
762 b'experimental',
763 b'archivemetatemplate',
763 b'archivemetatemplate',
764 default=dynamicdefault,
764 default=dynamicdefault,
765 )
765 )
766 coreconfigitem(
766 coreconfigitem(
767 b'experimental',
767 b'experimental',
768 b'auto-publish',
768 b'auto-publish',
769 default=b'publish',
769 default=b'publish',
770 )
770 )
771 coreconfigitem(
771 coreconfigitem(
772 b'experimental',
772 b'experimental',
773 b'bundle-phases',
773 b'bundle-phases',
774 default=False,
774 default=False,
775 )
775 )
776 coreconfigitem(
776 coreconfigitem(
777 b'experimental',
777 b'experimental',
778 b'bundle2-advertise',
778 b'bundle2-advertise',
779 default=True,
779 default=True,
780 )
780 )
781 coreconfigitem(
781 coreconfigitem(
782 b'experimental',
782 b'experimental',
783 b'bundle2-output-capture',
783 b'bundle2-output-capture',
784 default=False,
784 default=False,
785 )
785 )
786 coreconfigitem(
786 coreconfigitem(
787 b'experimental',
787 b'experimental',
788 b'bundle2.pushback',
788 b'bundle2.pushback',
789 default=False,
789 default=False,
790 )
790 )
791 coreconfigitem(
791 coreconfigitem(
792 b'experimental',
792 b'experimental',
793 b'bundle2lazylocking',
793 b'bundle2lazylocking',
794 default=False,
794 default=False,
795 )
795 )
796 coreconfigitem(
796 coreconfigitem(
797 b'experimental',
797 b'experimental',
798 b'bundlecomplevel',
798 b'bundlecomplevel',
799 default=None,
799 default=None,
800 )
800 )
801 coreconfigitem(
801 coreconfigitem(
802 b'experimental',
802 b'experimental',
803 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
803 b'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
804 default=None,
804 default=None,
805 )
805 )
806 coreconfigitem(
806 coreconfigitem(
807 b'experimental',
807 b'experimental',
808 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
808 b'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
809 default=None,
809 default=None,
810 )
810 )
811 coreconfigitem(
811 coreconfigitem(
812 b'experimental',
812 b'experimental',
813 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
813 b'bundlecomplevel.none',
814 default=None,
814 default=None,
815 )
815 )
816 coreconfigitem(
816 coreconfigitem(
817 b'experimental',
817 b'experimental',
818 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
818 b'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
819 default=None,
819 default=None,
820 )
820 )
821 coreconfigitem(
821 coreconfigitem(
822 b'experimental',
822 b'experimental',
823 b'changegroup3',
823 b'changegroup3',
824 default=False,
824 default=False,
825 )
825 )
826 coreconfigitem(
826 coreconfigitem(
827 b'experimental',
827 b'experimental',
828 b'cleanup-as-archived',
828 b'cleanup-as-archived',
829 default=False,
829 default=False,
830 )
830 )
831 coreconfigitem(
831 coreconfigitem(
832 b'experimental',
832 b'experimental',
833 b'clientcompressionengines',
833 b'clientcompressionengines',
834 default=list,
834 default=list,
835 )
835 )
836 coreconfigitem(
836 coreconfigitem(
837 b'experimental',
837 b'experimental',
838 b'copytrace',
838 b'copytrace',
839 default=b'on',
839 default=b'on',
840 )
840 )
841 coreconfigitem(
841 coreconfigitem(
842 b'experimental',
842 b'experimental',
843 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
843 b'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
844 default=100,
844 default=100,
845 )
845 )
846 coreconfigitem(
846 coreconfigitem(
847 b'experimental',
847 b'experimental',
848 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
848 b'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
849 default=100,
849 default=100,
850 )
850 )
851 coreconfigitem(
851 coreconfigitem(
852 b'experimental',
852 b'experimental',
853 b'copies.read-from',
853 b'copies.read-from',
854 default=b"filelog-only",
854 default=b"filelog-only",
855 )
855 )
856 coreconfigitem(
856 coreconfigitem(
857 b'experimental',
857 b'experimental',
858 b'copies.write-to',
858 b'copies.write-to',
859 default=b'filelog-only',
859 default=b'filelog-only',
860 )
860 )
861 coreconfigitem(
861 coreconfigitem(
862 b'experimental',
862 b'experimental',
863 b'crecordtest',
863 b'crecordtest',
864 default=None,
864 default=None,
865 )
865 )
866 coreconfigitem(
866 coreconfigitem(
867 b'experimental',
867 b'experimental',
868 b'directaccess',
868 b'directaccess',
869 default=False,
869 default=False,
870 )
870 )
871 coreconfigitem(
871 coreconfigitem(
872 b'experimental',
872 b'experimental',
873 b'directaccess.revnums',
873 b'directaccess.revnums',
874 default=False,
874 default=False,
875 )
875 )
876 coreconfigitem(
876 coreconfigitem(
877 b'experimental',
877 b'experimental',
878 b'editortmpinhg',
878 b'editortmpinhg',
879 default=False,
879 default=False,
880 )
880 )
881 coreconfigitem(
881 coreconfigitem(
882 b'experimental',
882 b'experimental',
883 b'evolution',
883 b'evolution',
884 default=list,
884 default=list,
885 )
885 )
886 coreconfigitem(
886 coreconfigitem(
887 b'experimental',
887 b'experimental',
888 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
888 b'evolution.allowdivergence',
889 default=False,
889 default=False,
890 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
890 alias=[(b'experimental', b'allowdivergence')],
891 )
891 )
892 coreconfigitem(
892 coreconfigitem(
893 b'experimental',
893 b'experimental',
894 b'evolution.allowunstable',
894 b'evolution.allowunstable',
895 default=None,
895 default=None,
896 )
896 )
897 coreconfigitem(
897 coreconfigitem(
898 b'experimental',
898 b'experimental',
899 b'evolution.createmarkers',
899 b'evolution.createmarkers',
900 default=None,
900 default=None,
901 )
901 )
902 coreconfigitem(
902 coreconfigitem(
903 b'experimental',
903 b'experimental',
904 b'evolution.effect-flags',
904 b'evolution.effect-flags',
905 default=True,
905 default=True,
906 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
906 alias=[(b'experimental', b'effect-flags')],
907 )
907 )
908 coreconfigitem(
908 coreconfigitem(
909 b'experimental',
909 b'experimental',
910 b'evolution.exchange',
910 b'evolution.exchange',
911 default=None,
911 default=None,
912 )
912 )
913 coreconfigitem(
913 coreconfigitem(
914 b'experimental',
914 b'experimental',
915 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
915 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
916 default=False,
916 default=False,
917 )
917 )
918 coreconfigitem(
918 coreconfigitem(
919 b'experimental',
919 b'experimental',
920 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
920 b'evolution.bundle-obsmarker:mandatory',
921 default=True,
921 default=True,
922 )
922 )
923 coreconfigitem(
923 coreconfigitem(
924 b'experimental',
924 b'experimental',
925 b'log.topo',
925 b'log.topo',
926 default=False,
926 default=False,
927 )
927 )
928 coreconfigitem(
928 coreconfigitem(
929 b'experimental',
929 b'experimental',
930 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
930 b'evolution.report-instabilities',
931 default=True,
931 default=True,
932 )
932 )
933 coreconfigitem(
933 coreconfigitem(
934 b'experimental',
934 b'experimental',
935 b'evolution.track-operation',
935 b'evolution.track-operation',
936 default=True,
936 default=True,
937 )
937 )
938 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
938 # repo-level config to exclude a revset visibility
939 #
939 #
940 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
940 # The target use case is to use `share` to expose different subset of the same
941 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
941 # repository, especially server side. See also `server.view`.
942 coreconfigitem(
942 coreconfigitem(
943 b'experimental',
943 b'experimental',
944 b'extra-filter-revs',
944 b'extra-filter-revs',
945 default=None,
945 default=None,
946 )
946 )
947 coreconfigitem(
947 coreconfigitem(
948 b'experimental',
948 b'experimental',
949 b'maxdeltachainspan',
949 b'maxdeltachainspan',
950 default=-1,
950 default=-1,
951 )
951 )
952 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
952 # tracks files which were undeleted (merge might delete them but we explicitly
953 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
953 # kept/undeleted them) and creates new filenodes for them
954 coreconfigitem(
954 coreconfigitem(
955 b'experimental',
955 b'experimental',
956 b'merge-track-salvaged',
956 b'merge-track-salvaged',
957 default=False,
957 default=False,
958 )
958 )
959 coreconfigitem(
959 coreconfigitem(
960 b'experimental',
960 b'experimental',
961 b'mergetempdirprefix',
961 b'mergetempdirprefix',
962 default=None,
962 default=None,
963 )
963 )
964 coreconfigitem(
964 coreconfigitem(
965 b'experimental',
965 b'experimental',
966 b'mmapindexthreshold',
966 b'mmapindexthreshold',
967 default=None,
967 default=None,
968 )
968 )
969 coreconfigitem(
969 coreconfigitem(
970 b'experimental',
970 b'experimental',
971 b'narrow',
971 b'narrow',
972 default=False,
972 default=False,
973 )
973 )
974 coreconfigitem(
974 coreconfigitem(
975 b'experimental',
975 b'experimental',
976 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
976 b'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
977 default=False,
977 default=False,
978 )
978 )
979 coreconfigitem(
979 coreconfigitem(
980 b'experimental',
980 b'experimental',
981 b'exportableenviron',
981 b'exportableenviron',
982 default=list,
982 default=list,
983 )
983 )
984 coreconfigitem(
984 coreconfigitem(
985 b'experimental',
985 b'experimental',
986 b'extendedheader.index',
986 b'extendedheader.index',
987 default=None,
987 default=None,
988 )
988 )
989 coreconfigitem(
989 coreconfigitem(
990 b'experimental',
990 b'experimental',
991 b'extendedheader.similarity',
991 b'extendedheader.similarity',
992 default=False,
992 default=False,
993 )
993 )
994 coreconfigitem(
994 coreconfigitem(
995 b'experimental',
995 b'experimental',
996 b'graphshorten',
996 b'graphshorten',
997 default=False,
997 default=False,
998 )
998 )
999 coreconfigitem(
999 coreconfigitem(
1000 b'experimental',
1000 b'experimental',
1001 b'graphstyle.parent',
1001 b'graphstyle.parent',
1002 default=dynamicdefault,
1002 default=dynamicdefault,
1003 )
1003 )
1004 coreconfigitem(
1004 coreconfigitem(
1005 b'experimental',
1005 b'experimental',
1006 b'graphstyle.missing',
1006 b'graphstyle.missing',
1007 default=dynamicdefault,
1007 default=dynamicdefault,
1008 )
1008 )
1009 coreconfigitem(
1009 coreconfigitem(
1010 b'experimental',
1010 b'experimental',
1011 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1011 b'graphstyle.grandparent',
1012 default=dynamicdefault,
1012 default=dynamicdefault,
1013 )
1013 )
1014 coreconfigitem(
1014 coreconfigitem(
1015 b'experimental',
1015 b'experimental',
1016 b'hook-track-tags',
1016 b'hook-track-tags',
1017 default=False,
1017 default=False,
1018 )
1018 )
1019 coreconfigitem(
1019 coreconfigitem(
1020 b'experimental',
1020 b'experimental',
1021 b'httppeer.advertise-v2',
1021 b'httppeer.advertise-v2',
1022 default=False,
1022 default=False,
1023 )
1023 )
1024 coreconfigitem(
1024 coreconfigitem(
1025 b'experimental',
1025 b'experimental',
1026 b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order',
1026 b'httppeer.v2-encoder-order',
1027 default=None,
1027 default=None,
1028 )
1028 )
1029 coreconfigitem(
1029 coreconfigitem(
1030 b'experimental',
1030 b'experimental',
1031 b'httppostargs',
1031 b'httppostargs',
1032 default=False,
1032 default=False,
1033 )
1033 )
1034 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1034 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt', default=False)
1035 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1035 coreconfigitem(b'experimental', b'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
1036
1036
1037 coreconfigitem(
1037 coreconfigitem(
1038 b'experimental',
1038 b'experimental',
1039 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1039 b'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
1040 default=False,
1040 default=False,
1041 )
1041 )
1042 coreconfigitem(
1042 coreconfigitem(
1043 b'experimental',
1043 b'experimental',
1044 b'remotenames',
1044 b'remotenames',
1045 default=False,
1045 default=False,
1046 )
1046 )
1047 coreconfigitem(
1047 coreconfigitem(
1048 b'experimental',
1048 b'experimental',
1049 b'removeemptydirs',
1049 b'removeemptydirs',
1050 default=True,
1050 default=True,
1051 )
1051 )
1052 coreconfigitem(
1052 coreconfigitem(
1053 b'experimental',
1053 b'experimental',
1054 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1054 b'revert.interactive.select-to-keep',
1055 default=False,
1055 default=False,
1056 )
1056 )
1057 coreconfigitem(
1057 coreconfigitem(
1058 b'experimental',
1058 b'experimental',
1059 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1059 b'revisions.prefixhexnode',
1060 default=False,
1060 default=False,
1061 )
1061 )
1062 coreconfigitem(
1062 coreconfigitem(
1063 b'experimental',
1063 b'experimental',
1064 b'revlogv2',
1064 b'revlogv2',
1065 default=None,
1065 default=None,
1066 )
1066 )
1067 coreconfigitem(
1067 coreconfigitem(
1068 b'experimental',
1068 b'experimental',
1069 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1069 b'revisions.disambiguatewithin',
1070 default=None,
1070 default=None,
1071 )
1071 )
1072 coreconfigitem(
1072 coreconfigitem(
1073 b'experimental',
1073 b'experimental',
1074 b'rust.index',
1074 b'rust.index',
1075 default=False,
1075 default=False,
1076 )
1076 )
1077 coreconfigitem(
1077 coreconfigitem(
1078 b'experimental',
1078 b'experimental',
1079 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1079 b'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size',
1080 default=50000,
1080 default=50000,
1081 )
1081 )
1082 coreconfigitem(
1082 coreconfigitem(
1083 b'experimental',
1083 b'experimental',
1084 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1084 b'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size',
1085 default=100000,
1085 default=100000,
1086 )
1086 )
1087 coreconfigitem(
1087 coreconfigitem(
1088 b'experimental',
1088 b'experimental',
1089 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1089 b'server.stream-narrow-clones',
1090 default=False,
1090 default=False,
1091 )
1091 )
1092 coreconfigitem(
1092 coreconfigitem(
1093 b'experimental',
1093 b'experimental',
1094 b'sharesafe-auto-downgrade-shares',
1094 b'sharesafe-auto-downgrade-shares',
1095 default=False,
1095 default=False,
1096 )
1096 )
1097 coreconfigitem(
1097 coreconfigitem(
1098 b'experimental',
1098 b'experimental',
1099 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-shares',
1099 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-shares',
1100 default=False,
1100 default=False,
1101 )
1101 )
1102 coreconfigitem(
1102 coreconfigitem(
1103 b'experimental',
1103 b'experimental',
1104 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-fail-error',
1104 b'sharesafe-auto-upgrade-fail-error',
1105 default=False,
1105 default=False,
1106 )
1106 )
1107 coreconfigitem(
1107 coreconfigitem(
1108 b'experimental',
1108 b'experimental',
1109 b'sharesafe-warn-outdated-shares',
1109 b'sharesafe-warn-outdated-shares',
1110 default=True,
1110 default=True,
1111 )
1111 )
1112 coreconfigitem(
1112 coreconfigitem(
1113 b'experimental',
1113 b'experimental',
1114 b'single-head-per-branch',
1114 b'single-head-per-branch',
1115 default=False,
1115 default=False,
1116 )
1116 )
1117 coreconfigitem(
1117 coreconfigitem(
1118 b'experimental',
1118 b'experimental',
1119 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1119 b'single-head-per-branch:account-closed-heads',
1120 default=False,
1120 default=False,
1121 )
1121 )
1122 coreconfigitem(
1122 coreconfigitem(
1123 b'experimental',
1123 b'experimental',
1124 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1124 b'single-head-per-branch:public-changes-only',
1125 default=False,
1125 default=False,
1126 )
1126 )
1127 coreconfigitem(
1127 coreconfigitem(
1128 b'experimental',
1128 b'experimental',
1129 b'sshserver.support-v2',
1129 b'sshserver.support-v2',
1130 default=False,
1130 default=False,
1131 )
1131 )
1132 coreconfigitem(
1132 coreconfigitem(
1133 b'experimental',
1133 b'experimental',
1134 b'sparse-read',
1134 b'sparse-read',
1135 default=False,
1135 default=False,
1136 )
1136 )
1137 coreconfigitem(
1137 coreconfigitem(
1138 b'experimental',
1138 b'experimental',
1139 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1139 b'sparse-read.density-threshold',
1140 default=0.50,
1140 default=0.50,
1141 )
1141 )
1142 coreconfigitem(
1142 coreconfigitem(
1143 b'experimental',
1143 b'experimental',
1144 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1144 b'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
1145 default=b'65K',
1145 default=b'65K',
1146 )
1146 )
1147 coreconfigitem(
1147 coreconfigitem(
1148 b'experimental',
1148 b'experimental',
1149 b'treemanifest',
1149 b'treemanifest',
1150 default=False,
1150 default=False,
1151 )
1151 )
1152 coreconfigitem(
1152 coreconfigitem(
1153 b'experimental',
1153 b'experimental',
1154 b'update.atomic-file',
1154 b'update.atomic-file',
1155 default=False,
1155 default=False,
1156 )
1156 )
1157 coreconfigitem(
1157 coreconfigitem(
1158 b'experimental',
1158 b'experimental',
1159 b'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
1159 b'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
1160 default=False,
1160 default=False,
1161 )
1161 )
1162 coreconfigitem(
1162 coreconfigitem(
1163 b'experimental',
1163 b'experimental',
1164 b'web.apiserver',
1164 b'web.apiserver',
1165 default=False,
1165 default=False,
1166 )
1166 )
1167 coreconfigitem(
1167 coreconfigitem(
1168 b'experimental',
1168 b'experimental',
1169 b'web.api.http-v2',
1169 b'web.api.http-v2',
1170 default=False,
1170 default=False,
1171 )
1171 )
1172 coreconfigitem(
1172 coreconfigitem(
1173 b'experimental',
1173 b'experimental',
1174 b'web.api.debugreflect',
1174 b'web.api.debugreflect',
1175 default=False,
1175 default=False,
1176 )
1176 )
1177 coreconfigitem(
1177 coreconfigitem(
1178 b'experimental',
1178 b'experimental',
1179 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1179 b'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
1180 default=False,
1180 default=False,
1181 )
1181 )
1182 coreconfigitem(
1182 coreconfigitem(
1183 b'experimental',
1183 b'experimental',
1184 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1184 b'worker.repository-upgrade',
1185 default=False,
1185 default=False,
1186 )
1186 )
1187 coreconfigitem(
1187 coreconfigitem(
1188 b'experimental',
1188 b'experimental',
1189 b'xdiff',
1189 b'xdiff',
1190 default=False,
1190 default=False,
1191 )
1191 )
1192 coreconfigitem(
1192 coreconfigitem(
1193 b'extensions',
1193 b'extensions',
1194 b'.*',
1194 b'.*',
1195 default=None,
1195 default=None,
1196 generic=True,
1196 generic=True,
1197 )
1197 )
1198 coreconfigitem(
1198 coreconfigitem(
1199 b'extdata',
1199 b'extdata',
1200 b'.*',
1200 b'.*',
1201 default=None,
1201 default=None,
1202 generic=True,
1202 generic=True,
1203 )
1203 )
1204 coreconfigitem(
1204 coreconfigitem(
1205 b'format',
1205 b'format',
1206 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1206 b'bookmarks-in-store',
1207 default=False,
1207 default=False,
1208 )
1208 )
1209 coreconfigitem(
1209 coreconfigitem(
1210 b'format',
1210 b'format',
1211 b'chunkcachesize',
1211 b'chunkcachesize',
1212 default=None,
1212 default=None,
1213 experimental=True,
1213 experimental=True,
1214 )
1214 )
1215 coreconfigitem(
1215 coreconfigitem(
1216 b'format',
1216 b'format',
1217 b'dotencode',
1217 b'dotencode',
1218 default=True,
1218 default=True,
1219 )
1219 )
1220 coreconfigitem(
1220 coreconfigitem(
1221 b'format',
1221 b'format',
1222 b'generaldelta',
1222 b'generaldelta',
1223 default=False,
1223 default=False,
1224 experimental=True,
1224 experimental=True,
1225 )
1225 )
1226 coreconfigitem(
1226 coreconfigitem(
1227 b'format',
1227 b'format',
1228 b'manifestcachesize',
1228 b'manifestcachesize',
1229 default=None,
1229 default=None,
1230 experimental=True,
1230 experimental=True,
1231 )
1231 )
1232 coreconfigitem(
1232 coreconfigitem(
1233 b'format',
1233 b'format',
1234 b'maxchainlen',
1234 b'maxchainlen',
1235 default=dynamicdefault,
1235 default=dynamicdefault,
1236 experimental=True,
1236 experimental=True,
1237 )
1237 )
1238 coreconfigitem(
1238 coreconfigitem(
1239 b'format',
1239 b'format',
1240 b'obsstore-version',
1240 b'obsstore-version',
1241 default=None,
1241 default=None,
1242 )
1242 )
1243 coreconfigitem(
1243 coreconfigitem(
1244 b'format',
1244 b'format',
1245 b'sparse-revlog',
1245 b'sparse-revlog',
1246 default=True,
1246 default=True,
1247 )
1247 )
1248 coreconfigitem(
1248 coreconfigitem(
1249 b'format',
1249 b'format',
1250 b'revlog-compression',
1250 b'revlog-compression',
1251 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
1251 default=lambda: [b'zlib'],
1252 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1252 alias=[(b'experimental', b'format.compression')],
1253 )
1253 )
1254 coreconfigitem(
1254 coreconfigitem(
1255 b'format',
1255 b'format',
1256 b'usefncache',
1256 b'usefncache',
1257 default=True,
1257 default=True,
1258 )
1258 )
1259 coreconfigitem(
1259 coreconfigitem(
1260 b'format',
1260 b'format',
1261 b'usegeneraldelta',
1261 b'usegeneraldelta',
1262 default=True,
1262 default=True,
1263 )
1263 )
1264 coreconfigitem(
1264 coreconfigitem(
1265 b'format',
1265 b'format',
1266 b'usestore',
1266 b'usestore',
1267 default=True,
1267 default=True,
1268 )
1268 )
1269 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust,
1269 # Right now, the only efficient implement of the nodemap logic is in Rust,
1270 #
1270 #
1271 # The case was discussed that the 5.6 sprint and the following was decided for
1271 # The case was discussed that the 5.6 sprint and the following was decided for
1272 # feature that have an optional fast implementation (and are a performance
1272 # feature that have an optional fast implementation (and are a performance
1273 # regression in the others)
1273 # regression in the others)
1274 #
1274 #
1275 # * If the fast implementation is not available, Mercurial will refuse to
1275 # * If the fast implementation is not available, Mercurial will refuse to
1276 # access repository that requires it. Pointing to proper documentation
1276 # access repository that requires it. Pointing to proper documentation
1277 #
1277 #
1278 # * An option exist to lift that limitation and allow repository access.
1278 # * An option exist to lift that limitation and allow repository access.
1279 #
1279 #
1280 # Such access will emit a warning unless configured not to.
1280 # Such access will emit a warning unless configured not to.
1281 #
1281 #
1282 # * When sufficiently mature, the feature can be enabled by default only for
1282 # * When sufficiently mature, the feature can be enabled by default only for
1283 # installation that supports it.
1283 # installation that supports it.
1284 coreconfigitem(
1284 coreconfigitem(
1285 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
1285 b'format', b'use-persistent-nodemap', default=False, experimental=True
1286 )
1286 )
1287 coreconfigitem(
1287 coreconfigitem(
1288 b'format',
1288 b'format',
1289 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1289 b'exp-use-copies-side-data-changeset',
1290 default=False,
1290 default=False,
1291 experimental=True,
1291 experimental=True,
1292 )
1292 )
1293 coreconfigitem(
1293 coreconfigitem(
1294 b'format',
1294 b'format',
1295 b'exp-use-side-data',
1295 b'exp-use-side-data',
1296 default=False,
1296 default=False,
1297 experimental=True,
1297 experimental=True,
1298 )
1298 )
1299 coreconfigitem(
1299 coreconfigitem(
1300 b'format',
1300 b'format',
1301 b'exp-share-safe',
1301 b'exp-share-safe',
1302 default=False,
1302 default=False,
1303 experimental=True,
1303 experimental=True,
1304 )
1304 )
1305 coreconfigitem(
1305 coreconfigitem(
1306 b'format',
1306 b'format',
1307 b'internal-phase',
1307 b'internal-phase',
1308 default=False,
1308 default=False,
1309 experimental=True,
1309 experimental=True,
1310 )
1310 )
1311 coreconfigitem(
1311 coreconfigitem(
1312 b'fsmonitor',
1312 b'fsmonitor',
1313 b'warn_when_unused',
1313 b'warn_when_unused',
1314 default=True,
1314 default=True,
1315 )
1315 )
1316 coreconfigitem(
1316 coreconfigitem(
1317 b'fsmonitor',
1317 b'fsmonitor',
1318 b'warn_update_file_count',
1318 b'warn_update_file_count',
1319 default=50000,
1319 default=50000,
1320 )
1320 )
1321 coreconfigitem(
1321 coreconfigitem(
1322 b'fsmonitor',
1322 b'fsmonitor',
1323 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1323 b'warn_update_file_count_rust',
1324 default=400000,
1324 default=400000,
1325 )
1325 )
1326 coreconfigitem(
1326 coreconfigitem(
1327 b'help',
1327 b'help',
1328 br'hidden-command\..*',
1328 br'hidden-command\..*',
1329 default=False,
1329 default=False,
1330 generic=True,
1330 generic=True,
1331 )
1331 )
1332 coreconfigitem(
1332 coreconfigitem(
1333 b'help',
1333 b'help',
1334 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1334 br'hidden-topic\..*',
1335 default=False,
1335 default=False,
1336 generic=True,
1336 generic=True,
1337 )
1337 )
1338 coreconfigitem(
1338 coreconfigitem(
1339 b'hooks',
1339 b'hooks',
1340 b'.*',
1340 b'.*',
1341 default=dynamicdefault,
1341 default=dynamicdefault,
1342 generic=True,
1342 generic=True,
1343 )
1343 )
1344 coreconfigitem(
1344 coreconfigitem(
1345 b'hgweb-paths',
1345 b'hgweb-paths',
1346 b'.*',
1346 b'.*',
1347 default=list,
1347 default=list,
1348 generic=True,
1348 generic=True,
1349 )
1349 )
1350 coreconfigitem(
1350 coreconfigitem(
1351 b'hostfingerprints',
1351 b'hostfingerprints',
1352 b'.*',
1352 b'.*',
1353 default=list,
1353 default=list,
1354 generic=True,
1354 generic=True,
1355 )
1355 )
1356 coreconfigitem(
1356 coreconfigitem(
1357 b'hostsecurity',
1357 b'hostsecurity',
1358 b'ciphers',
1358 b'ciphers',
1359 default=None,
1359 default=None,
1360 )
1360 )
1361 coreconfigitem(
1361 coreconfigitem(
1362 b'hostsecurity',
1362 b'hostsecurity',
1363 b'minimumprotocol',
1363 b'minimumprotocol',
1364 default=dynamicdefault,
1364 default=dynamicdefault,
1365 )
1365 )
1366 coreconfigitem(
1366 coreconfigitem(
1367 b'hostsecurity',
1367 b'hostsecurity',
1368 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1368 b'.*:minimumprotocol$',
1369 default=dynamicdefault,
1369 default=dynamicdefault,
1370 generic=True,
1370 generic=True,
1371 )
1371 )
1372 coreconfigitem(
1372 coreconfigitem(
1373 b'hostsecurity',
1373 b'hostsecurity',
1374 b'.*:ciphers$',
1374 b'.*:ciphers$',
1375 default=dynamicdefault,
1375 default=dynamicdefault,
1376 generic=True,
1376 generic=True,
1377 )
1377 )
1378 coreconfigitem(
1378 coreconfigitem(
1379 b'hostsecurity',
1379 b'hostsecurity',
1380 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1380 b'.*:fingerprints$',
1381 default=list,
1381 default=list,
1382 generic=True,
1382 generic=True,
1383 )
1383 )
1384 coreconfigitem(
1384 coreconfigitem(
1385 b'hostsecurity',
1385 b'hostsecurity',
1386 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1386 b'.*:verifycertsfile$',
1387 default=None,
1387 default=None,
1388 generic=True,
1388 generic=True,
1389 )
1389 )
1390
1390
1391 coreconfigitem(
1391 coreconfigitem(
1392 b'http_proxy',
1392 b'http_proxy',
1393 b'always',
1393 b'always',
1394 default=False,
1394 default=False,
1395 )
1395 )
1396 coreconfigitem(
1396 coreconfigitem(
1397 b'http_proxy',
1397 b'http_proxy',
1398 b'host',
1398 b'host',
1399 default=None,
1399 default=None,
1400 )
1400 )
1401 coreconfigitem(
1401 coreconfigitem(
1402 b'http_proxy',
1402 b'http_proxy',
1403 b'no',
1403 b'no',
1404 default=list,
1404 default=list,
1405 )
1405 )
1406 coreconfigitem(
1406 coreconfigitem(
1407 b'http_proxy',
1407 b'http_proxy',
1408 b'passwd',
1408 b'passwd',
1409 default=None,
1409 default=None,
1410 )
1410 )
1411 coreconfigitem(
1411 coreconfigitem(
1412 b'http_proxy',
1412 b'http_proxy',
1413 b'user',
1413 b'user',
1414 default=None,
1414 default=None,
1415 )
1415 )
1416
1416
1417 coreconfigitem(
1417 coreconfigitem(
1418 b'http',
1418 b'http',
1419 b'timeout',
1419 b'timeout',
1420 default=None,
1420 default=None,
1421 )
1421 )
1422
1422
1423 coreconfigitem(
1423 coreconfigitem(
1424 b'logtoprocess',
1424 b'logtoprocess',
1425 b'commandexception',
1425 b'commandexception',
1426 default=None,
1426 default=None,
1427 )
1427 )
1428 coreconfigitem(
1428 coreconfigitem(
1429 b'logtoprocess',
1429 b'logtoprocess',
1430 b'commandfinish',
1430 b'commandfinish',
1431 default=None,
1431 default=None,
1432 )
1432 )
1433 coreconfigitem(
1433 coreconfigitem(
1434 b'logtoprocess',
1434 b'logtoprocess',
1435 b'command',
1435 b'command',
1436 default=None,
1436 default=None,
1437 )
1437 )
1438 coreconfigitem(
1438 coreconfigitem(
1439 b'logtoprocess',
1439 b'logtoprocess',
1440 b'develwarn',
1440 b'develwarn',
1441 default=None,
1441 default=None,
1442 )
1442 )
1443 coreconfigitem(
1443 coreconfigitem(
1444 b'logtoprocess',
1444 b'logtoprocess',
1445 b'uiblocked',
1445 b'uiblocked',
1446 default=None,
1446 default=None,
1447 )
1447 )
1448 coreconfigitem(
1448 coreconfigitem(
1449 b'merge',
1449 b'merge',
1450 b'checkunknown',
1450 b'checkunknown',
1451 default=b'abort',
1451 default=b'abort',
1452 )
1452 )
1453 coreconfigitem(
1453 coreconfigitem(
1454 b'merge',
1454 b'merge',
1455 b'checkignored',
1455 b'checkignored',
1456 default=b'abort',
1456 default=b'abort',
1457 )
1457 )
1458 coreconfigitem(
1458 coreconfigitem(
1459 b'experimental',
1459 b'experimental',
1460 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1460 b'merge.checkpathconflicts',
1461 default=False,
1461 default=False,
1462 )
1462 )
1463 coreconfigitem(
1463 coreconfigitem(
1464 b'merge',
1464 b'merge',
1465 b'followcopies',
1465 b'followcopies',
1466 default=True,
1466 default=True,
1467 )
1467 )
1468 coreconfigitem(
1468 coreconfigitem(
1469 b'merge',
1469 b'merge',
1470 b'on-failure',
1470 b'on-failure',
1471 default=b'continue',
1471 default=b'continue',
1472 )
1472 )
1473 coreconfigitem(
1473 coreconfigitem(
1474 b'merge',
1474 b'merge',
1475 b'preferancestor',
1475 b'preferancestor',
1476 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1476 default=lambda: [b'*'],
1477 experimental=True,
1477 experimental=True,
1478 )
1478 )
1479 coreconfigitem(
1479 coreconfigitem(
1480 b'merge',
1480 b'merge',
1481 b'strict-capability-check',
1481 b'strict-capability-check',
1482 default=False,
1482 default=False,
1483 )
1483 )
1484 coreconfigitem(
1484 coreconfigitem(
1485 b'merge-tools',
1485 b'merge-tools',
1486 b'.*',
1486 b'.*',
1487 default=None,
1487 default=None,
1488 generic=True,
1488 generic=True,
1489 )
1489 )
1490 coreconfigitem(
1490 coreconfigitem(
1491 b'merge-tools',
1491 b'merge-tools',
1492 br'.*\.args$',
1492 br'.*\.args$',
1493 default=b"$local $base $other",
1493 default=b"$local $base $other",
1494 generic=True,
1494 generic=True,
1495 priority=-1,
1495 priority=-1,
1496 )
1496 )
1497 coreconfigitem(
1497 coreconfigitem(
1498 b'merge-tools',
1498 b'merge-tools',
1499 br'.*\.binary$',
1499 br'.*\.binary$',
1500 default=False,
1500 default=False,
1501 generic=True,
1501 generic=True,
1502 priority=-1,
1502 priority=-1,
1503 )
1503 )
1504 coreconfigitem(
1504 coreconfigitem(
1505 b'merge-tools',
1505 b'merge-tools',
1506 br'.*\.check$',
1506 br'.*\.check$',
1507 default=list,
1507 default=list,
1508 generic=True,
1508 generic=True,
1509 priority=-1,
1509 priority=-1,
1510 )
1510 )
1511 coreconfigitem(
1511 coreconfigitem(
1512 b'merge-tools',
1512 b'merge-tools',
1513 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1513 br'.*\.checkchanged$',
1514 default=False,
1514 default=False,
1515 generic=True,
1515 generic=True,
1516 priority=-1,
1516 priority=-1,
1517 )
1517 )
1518 coreconfigitem(
1518 coreconfigitem(
1519 b'merge-tools',
1519 b'merge-tools',
1520 br'.*\.executable$',
1520 br'.*\.executable$',
1521 default=dynamicdefault,
1521 default=dynamicdefault,
1522 generic=True,
1522 generic=True,
1523 priority=-1,
1523 priority=-1,
1524 )
1524 )
1525 coreconfigitem(
1525 coreconfigitem(
1526 b'merge-tools',
1526 b'merge-tools',
1527 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1527 br'.*\.fixeol$',
1528 default=False,
1528 default=False,
1529 generic=True,
1529 generic=True,
1530 priority=-1,
1530 priority=-1,
1531 )
1531 )
1532 coreconfigitem(
1532 coreconfigitem(
1533 b'merge-tools',
1533 b'merge-tools',
1534 br'.*\.gui$',
1534 br'.*\.gui$',
1535 default=False,
1535 default=False,
1536 generic=True,
1536 generic=True,
1537 priority=-1,
1537 priority=-1,
1538 )
1538 )
1539 coreconfigitem(
1539 coreconfigitem(
1540 b'merge-tools',
1540 b'merge-tools',
1541 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1541 br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
1542 default=b'basic',
1542 default=b'basic',
1543 generic=True,
1543 generic=True,
1544 priority=-1,
1544 priority=-1,
1545 )
1545 )
1546 coreconfigitem(
1546 coreconfigitem(
1547 b'merge-tools',
1547 b'merge-tools',
1548 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1548 br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
1549 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1549 default=dynamicdefault, # take from command-templates.mergemarker
1550 generic=True,
1550 generic=True,
1551 priority=-1,
1551 priority=-1,
1552 )
1552 )
1553 coreconfigitem(
1553 coreconfigitem(
1554 b'merge-tools',
1554 b'merge-tools',
1555 br'.*\.priority$',
1555 br'.*\.priority$',
1556 default=0,
1556 default=0,
1557 generic=True,
1557 generic=True,
1558 priority=-1,
1558 priority=-1,
1559 )
1559 )
1560 coreconfigitem(
1560 coreconfigitem(
1561 b'merge-tools',
1561 b'merge-tools',
1562 br'.*\.premerge$',
1562 br'.*\.premerge$',
1563 default=dynamicdefault,
1563 default=dynamicdefault,
1564 generic=True,
1564 generic=True,
1565 priority=-1,
1565 priority=-1,
1566 )
1566 )
1567 coreconfigitem(
1567 coreconfigitem(
1568 b'merge-tools',
1568 b'merge-tools',
1569 br'.*\.symlink$',
1569 br'.*\.symlink$',
1570 default=False,
1570 default=False,
1571 generic=True,
1571 generic=True,
1572 priority=-1,
1572 priority=-1,
1573 )
1573 )
1574 coreconfigitem(
1574 coreconfigitem(
1575 b'pager',
1575 b'pager',
1576 b'attend-.*',
1576 b'attend-.*',
1577 default=dynamicdefault,
1577 default=dynamicdefault,
1578 generic=True,
1578 generic=True,
1579 )
1579 )
1580 coreconfigitem(
1580 coreconfigitem(
1581 b'pager',
1581 b'pager',
1582 b'ignore',
1582 b'ignore',
1583 default=list,
1583 default=list,
1584 )
1584 )
1585 coreconfigitem(
1585 coreconfigitem(
1586 b'pager',
1586 b'pager',
1587 b'pager',
1587 b'pager',
1588 default=dynamicdefault,
1588 default=dynamicdefault,
1589 )
1589 )
1590 coreconfigitem(
1590 coreconfigitem(
1591 b'patch',
1591 b'patch',
1592 b'eol',
1592 b'eol',
1593 default=b'strict',
1593 default=b'strict',
1594 )
1594 )
1595 coreconfigitem(
1595 coreconfigitem(
1596 b'patch',
1596 b'patch',
1597 b'fuzz',
1597 b'fuzz',
1598 default=2,
1598 default=2,
1599 )
1599 )
1600 coreconfigitem(
1600 coreconfigitem(
1601 b'paths',
1601 b'paths',
1602 b'default',
1602 b'default',
1603 default=None,
1603 default=None,
1604 )
1604 )
1605 coreconfigitem(
1605 coreconfigitem(
1606 b'paths',
1606 b'paths',
1607 b'default-push',
1607 b'default-push',
1608 default=None,
1608 default=None,
1609 )
1609 )
1610 coreconfigitem(
1610 coreconfigitem(
1611 b'paths',
1611 b'paths',
1612 b'.*',
1612 b'.*',
1613 default=None,
1613 default=None,
1614 generic=True,
1614 generic=True,
1615 )
1615 )
1616 coreconfigitem(
1616 coreconfigitem(
1617 b'phases',
1617 b'phases',
1618 b'checksubrepos',
1618 b'checksubrepos',
1619 default=b'follow',
1619 default=b'follow',
1620 )
1620 )
1621 coreconfigitem(
1621 coreconfigitem(
1622 b'phases',
1622 b'phases',
1623 b'new-commit',
1623 b'new-commit',
1624 default=b'draft',
1624 default=b'draft',
1625 )
1625 )
1626 coreconfigitem(
1626 coreconfigitem(
1627 b'phases',
1627 b'phases',
1628 b'publish',
1628 b'publish',
1629 default=True,
1629 default=True,
1630 )
1630 )
1631 coreconfigitem(
1631 coreconfigitem(
1632 b'profiling',
1632 b'profiling',
1633 b'enabled',
1633 b'enabled',
1634 default=False,
1634 default=False,
1635 )
1635 )
1636 coreconfigitem(
1636 coreconfigitem(
1637 b'profiling',
1637 b'profiling',
1638 b'format',
1638 b'format',
1639 default=b'text',
1639 default=b'text',
1640 )
1640 )
1641 coreconfigitem(
1641 coreconfigitem(
1642 b'profiling',
1642 b'profiling',
1643 b'freq',
1643 b'freq',
1644 default=1000,
1644 default=1000,
1645 )
1645 )
1646 coreconfigitem(
1646 coreconfigitem(
1647 b'profiling',
1647 b'profiling',
1648 b'limit',
1648 b'limit',
1649 default=30,
1649 default=30,
1650 )
1650 )
1651 coreconfigitem(
1651 coreconfigitem(
1652 b'profiling',
1652 b'profiling',
1653 b'nested',
1653 b'nested',
1654 default=0,
1654 default=0,
1655 )
1655 )
1656 coreconfigitem(
1656 coreconfigitem(
1657 b'profiling',
1657 b'profiling',
1658 b'output',
1658 b'output',
1659 default=None,
1659 default=None,
1660 )
1660 )
1661 coreconfigitem(
1661 coreconfigitem(
1662 b'profiling',
1662 b'profiling',
1663 b'showmax',
1663 b'showmax',
1664 default=0.999,
1664 default=0.999,
1665 )
1665 )
1666 coreconfigitem(
1666 coreconfigitem(
1667 b'profiling',
1667 b'profiling',
1668 b'showmin',
1668 b'showmin',
1669 default=dynamicdefault,
1669 default=dynamicdefault,
1670 )
1670 )
1671 coreconfigitem(
1671 coreconfigitem(
1672 b'profiling',
1672 b'profiling',
1673 b'showtime',
1673 b'showtime',
1674 default=True,
1674 default=True,
1675 )
1675 )
1676 coreconfigitem(
1676 coreconfigitem(
1677 b'profiling',
1677 b'profiling',
1678 b'sort',
1678 b'sort',
1679 default=b'inlinetime',
1679 default=b'inlinetime',
1680 )
1680 )
1681 coreconfigitem(
1681 coreconfigitem(
1682 b'profiling',
1682 b'profiling',
1683 b'statformat',
1683 b'statformat',
1684 default=b'hotpath',
1684 default=b'hotpath',
1685 )
1685 )
1686 coreconfigitem(
1686 coreconfigitem(
1687 b'profiling',
1687 b'profiling',
1688 b'time-track',
1688 b'time-track',
1689 default=dynamicdefault,
1689 default=dynamicdefault,
1690 )
1690 )
1691 coreconfigitem(
1691 coreconfigitem(
1692 b'profiling',
1692 b'profiling',
1693 b'type',
1693 b'type',
1694 default=b'stat',
1694 default=b'stat',
1695 )
1695 )
1696 coreconfigitem(
1696 coreconfigitem(
1697 b'progress',
1697 b'progress',
1698 b'assume-tty',
1698 b'assume-tty',
1699 default=False,
1699 default=False,
1700 )
1700 )
1701 coreconfigitem(
1701 coreconfigitem(
1702 b'progress',
1702 b'progress',
1703 b'changedelay',
1703 b'changedelay',
1704 default=1,
1704 default=1,
1705 )
1705 )
1706 coreconfigitem(
1706 coreconfigitem(
1707 b'progress',
1707 b'progress',
1708 b'clear-complete',
1708 b'clear-complete',
1709 default=True,
1709 default=True,
1710 )
1710 )
1711 coreconfigitem(
1711 coreconfigitem(
1712 b'progress',
1712 b'progress',
1713 b'debug',
1713 b'debug',
1714 default=False,
1714 default=False,
1715 )
1715 )
1716 coreconfigitem(
1716 coreconfigitem(
1717 b'progress',
1717 b'progress',
1718 b'delay',
1718 b'delay',
1719 default=3,
1719 default=3,
1720 )
1720 )
1721 coreconfigitem(
1721 coreconfigitem(
1722 b'progress',
1722 b'progress',
1723 b'disable',
1723 b'disable',
1724 default=False,
1724 default=False,
1725 )
1725 )
1726 coreconfigitem(
1726 coreconfigitem(
1727 b'progress',
1727 b'progress',
1728 b'estimateinterval',
1728 b'estimateinterval',
1729 default=60.0,
1729 default=60.0,
1730 )
1730 )
1731 coreconfigitem(
1731 coreconfigitem(
1732 b'progress',
1732 b'progress',
1733 b'format',
1733 b'format',
1734 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1734 default=lambda: [b'topic', b'bar', b'number', b'estimate'],
1735 )
1735 )
1736 coreconfigitem(
1736 coreconfigitem(
1737 b'progress',
1737 b'progress',
1738 b'refresh',
1738 b'refresh',
1739 default=0.1,
1739 default=0.1,
1740 )
1740 )
1741 coreconfigitem(
1741 coreconfigitem(
1742 b'progress',
1742 b'progress',
1743 b'width',
1743 b'width',
1744 default=dynamicdefault,
1744 default=dynamicdefault,
1745 )
1745 )
1746 coreconfigitem(
1746 coreconfigitem(
1747 b'pull',
1747 b'pull',
1748 b'confirm',
1748 b'confirm',
1749 default=False,
1749 default=False,
1750 )
1750 )
1751 coreconfigitem(
1751 coreconfigitem(
1752 b'push',
1752 b'push',
1753 b'pushvars.server',
1753 b'pushvars.server',
1754 default=False,
1754 default=False,
1755 )
1755 )
1756 coreconfigitem(
1756 coreconfigitem(
1757 b'rewrite',
1757 b'rewrite',
1758 b'backup-bundle',
1758 b'backup-bundle',
1759 default=True,
1759 default=True,
1760 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1760 alias=[(b'ui', b'history-editing-backup')],
1761 )
1761 )
1762 coreconfigitem(
1762 coreconfigitem(
1763 b'rewrite',
1763 b'rewrite',
1764 b'update-timestamp',
1764 b'update-timestamp',
1765 default=False,
1765 default=False,
1766 )
1766 )
1767 coreconfigitem(
1767 coreconfigitem(
1768 b'rewrite',
1768 b'rewrite',
1769 b'empty-successor',
1769 b'empty-successor',
1770 default=b'skip',
1770 default=b'skip',
1771 experimental=True,
1771 experimental=True,
1772 )
1772 )
1773 coreconfigitem(
1773 coreconfigitem(
1774 b'storage',
1774 b'storage',
1775 b'new-repo-backend',
1775 b'new-repo-backend',
1776 default=b'revlogv1',
1776 default=b'revlogv1',
1777 experimental=True,
1777 experimental=True,
1778 )
1778 )
1779 coreconfigitem(
1779 coreconfigitem(
1780 b'storage',
1780 b'storage',
1781 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1781 b'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
1782 default=True,
1782 default=True,
1783 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1783 alias=[(b'format', b'aggressivemergedeltas')],
1784 )
1784 )
1785 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1785 # experimental as long as rust is experimental (or a C version is implemented)
1786 coreconfigitem(
1786 coreconfigitem(
1787 b'storage',
1787 b'storage',
1788 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1788 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap',
1789 default=True,
1789 default=True,
1790 experimental=True,
1790 experimental=True,
1791 )
1791 )
1792 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1792 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1793 coreconfigitem(
1793 coreconfigitem(
1794 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1794 b'storage', b'revlog.nodemap.mode', default=b'compat', experimental=True
1795 )
1795 )
1796 # experimental as long as format.use-persistent-nodemap is.
1797 coreconfigitem(
1798 b'storage',
1799 b'revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path',
1800 default=b"allow",
1801 experimental=True,
1802 )
1803
1796 coreconfigitem(
1804 coreconfigitem(
1797 b'storage',
1805 b'storage',
1798 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1806 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta',
1799 default=True,
1807 default=True,
1800 )
1808 )
1801 coreconfigitem(
1809 coreconfigitem(
1802 b'storage',
1810 b'storage',
1803 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1811 b'revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent',
1804 default=None,
1812 default=None,
1805 )
1813 )
1806 coreconfigitem(
1814 coreconfigitem(
1807 b'storage',
1815 b'storage',
1808 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1816 b'revlog.zlib.level',
1809 default=None,
1817 default=None,
1810 )
1818 )
1811 coreconfigitem(
1819 coreconfigitem(
1812 b'storage',
1820 b'storage',
1813 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1821 b'revlog.zstd.level',
1814 default=None,
1822 default=None,
1815 )
1823 )
1816 coreconfigitem(
1824 coreconfigitem(
1817 b'server',
1825 b'server',
1818 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1826 b'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
1819 default=True,
1827 default=True,
1820 )
1828 )
1821 coreconfigitem(
1829 coreconfigitem(
1822 b'server',
1830 b'server',
1823 b'bundle1',
1831 b'bundle1',
1824 default=True,
1832 default=True,
1825 )
1833 )
1826 coreconfigitem(
1834 coreconfigitem(
1827 b'server',
1835 b'server',
1828 b'bundle1gd',
1836 b'bundle1gd',
1829 default=None,
1837 default=None,
1830 )
1838 )
1831 coreconfigitem(
1839 coreconfigitem(
1832 b'server',
1840 b'server',
1833 b'bundle1.pull',
1841 b'bundle1.pull',
1834 default=None,
1842 default=None,
1835 )
1843 )
1836 coreconfigitem(
1844 coreconfigitem(
1837 b'server',
1845 b'server',
1838 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1846 b'bundle1gd.pull',
1839 default=None,
1847 default=None,
1840 )
1848 )
1841 coreconfigitem(
1849 coreconfigitem(
1842 b'server',
1850 b'server',
1843 b'bundle1.push',
1851 b'bundle1.push',
1844 default=None,
1852 default=None,
1845 )
1853 )
1846 coreconfigitem(
1854 coreconfigitem(
1847 b'server',
1855 b'server',
1848 b'bundle1gd.push',
1856 b'bundle1gd.push',
1849 default=None,
1857 default=None,
1850 )
1858 )
1851 coreconfigitem(
1859 coreconfigitem(
1852 b'server',
1860 b'server',
1853 b'bundle2.stream',
1861 b'bundle2.stream',
1854 default=True,
1862 default=True,
1855 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1863 alias=[(b'experimental', b'bundle2.stream')],
1856 )
1864 )
1857 coreconfigitem(
1865 coreconfigitem(
1858 b'server',
1866 b'server',
1859 b'compressionengines',
1867 b'compressionengines',
1860 default=list,
1868 default=list,
1861 )
1869 )
1862 coreconfigitem(
1870 coreconfigitem(
1863 b'server',
1871 b'server',
1864 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1872 b'concurrent-push-mode',
1865 default=b'check-related',
1873 default=b'check-related',
1866 )
1874 )
1867 coreconfigitem(
1875 coreconfigitem(
1868 b'server',
1876 b'server',
1869 b'disablefullbundle',
1877 b'disablefullbundle',
1870 default=False,
1878 default=False,
1871 )
1879 )
1872 coreconfigitem(
1880 coreconfigitem(
1873 b'server',
1881 b'server',
1874 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1882 b'maxhttpheaderlen',
1875 default=1024,
1883 default=1024,
1876 )
1884 )
1877 coreconfigitem(
1885 coreconfigitem(
1878 b'server',
1886 b'server',
1879 b'pullbundle',
1887 b'pullbundle',
1880 default=False,
1888 default=False,
1881 )
1889 )
1882 coreconfigitem(
1890 coreconfigitem(
1883 b'server',
1891 b'server',
1884 b'preferuncompressed',
1892 b'preferuncompressed',
1885 default=False,
1893 default=False,
1886 )
1894 )
1887 coreconfigitem(
1895 coreconfigitem(
1888 b'server',
1896 b'server',
1889 b'streamunbundle',
1897 b'streamunbundle',
1890 default=False,
1898 default=False,
1891 )
1899 )
1892 coreconfigitem(
1900 coreconfigitem(
1893 b'server',
1901 b'server',
1894 b'uncompressed',
1902 b'uncompressed',
1895 default=True,
1903 default=True,
1896 )
1904 )
1897 coreconfigitem(
1905 coreconfigitem(
1898 b'server',
1906 b'server',
1899 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
1907 b'uncompressedallowsecret',
1900 default=False,
1908 default=False,
1901 )
1909 )
1902 coreconfigitem(
1910 coreconfigitem(
1903 b'server',
1911 b'server',
1904 b'view',
1912 b'view',
1905 default=b'served',
1913 default=b'served',
1906 )
1914 )
1907 coreconfigitem(
1915 coreconfigitem(
1908 b'server',
1916 b'server',
1909 b'validate',
1917 b'validate',
1910 default=False,
1918 default=False,
1911 )
1919 )
1912 coreconfigitem(
1920 coreconfigitem(
1913 b'server',
1921 b'server',
1914 b'zliblevel',
1922 b'zliblevel',
1915 default=-1,
1923 default=-1,
1916 )
1924 )
1917 coreconfigitem(
1925 coreconfigitem(
1918 b'server',
1926 b'server',
1919 b'zstdlevel',
1927 b'zstdlevel',
1920 default=3,
1928 default=3,
1921 )
1929 )
1922 coreconfigitem(
1930 coreconfigitem(
1923 b'share',
1931 b'share',
1924 b'pool',
1932 b'pool',
1925 default=None,
1933 default=None,
1926 )
1934 )
1927 coreconfigitem(
1935 coreconfigitem(
1928 b'share',
1936 b'share',
1929 b'poolnaming',
1937 b'poolnaming',
1930 default=b'identity',
1938 default=b'identity',
1931 )
1939 )
1932 coreconfigitem(
1940 coreconfigitem(
1933 b'shelve',
1941 b'shelve',
1934 b'maxbackups',
1942 b'maxbackups',
1935 default=10,
1943 default=10,
1936 )
1944 )
1937 coreconfigitem(
1945 coreconfigitem(
1938 b'smtp',
1946 b'smtp',
1939 b'host',
1947 b'host',
1940 default=None,
1948 default=None,
1941 )
1949 )
1942 coreconfigitem(
1950 coreconfigitem(
1943 b'smtp',
1951 b'smtp',
1944 b'local_hostname',
1952 b'local_hostname',
1945 default=None,
1953 default=None,
1946 )
1954 )
1947 coreconfigitem(
1955 coreconfigitem(
1948 b'smtp',
1956 b'smtp',
1949 b'password',
1957 b'password',
1950 default=None,
1958 default=None,
1951 )
1959 )
1952 coreconfigitem(
1960 coreconfigitem(
1953 b'smtp',
1961 b'smtp',
1954 b'port',
1962 b'port',
1955 default=dynamicdefault,
1963 default=dynamicdefault,
1956 )
1964 )
1957 coreconfigitem(
1965 coreconfigitem(
1958 b'smtp',
1966 b'smtp',
1959 b'tls',
1967 b'tls',
1960 default=b'none',
1968 default=b'none',
1961 )
1969 )
1962 coreconfigitem(
1970 coreconfigitem(
1963 b'smtp',
1971 b'smtp',
1964 b'username',
1972 b'username',
1965 default=None,
1973 default=None,
1966 )
1974 )
1967 coreconfigitem(
1975 coreconfigitem(
1968 b'sparse',
1976 b'sparse',
1969 b'missingwarning',
1977 b'missingwarning',
1970 default=True,
1978 default=True,
1971 experimental=True,
1979 experimental=True,
1972 )
1980 )
1973 coreconfigitem(
1981 coreconfigitem(
1974 b'subrepos',
1982 b'subrepos',
1975 b'allowed',
1983 b'allowed',
1976 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1984 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1977 )
1985 )
1978 coreconfigitem(
1986 coreconfigitem(
1979 b'subrepos',
1987 b'subrepos',
1980 b'hg:allowed',
1988 b'hg:allowed',
1981 default=dynamicdefault,
1989 default=dynamicdefault,
1982 )
1990 )
1983 coreconfigitem(
1991 coreconfigitem(
1984 b'subrepos',
1992 b'subrepos',
1985 b'git:allowed',
1993 b'git:allowed',
1986 default=dynamicdefault,
1994 default=dynamicdefault,
1987 )
1995 )
1988 coreconfigitem(
1996 coreconfigitem(
1989 b'subrepos',
1997 b'subrepos',
1990 b'svn:allowed',
1998 b'svn:allowed',
1991 default=dynamicdefault,
1999 default=dynamicdefault,
1992 )
2000 )
1993 coreconfigitem(
2001 coreconfigitem(
1994 b'templates',
2002 b'templates',
1995 b'.*',
2003 b'.*',
1996 default=None,
2004 default=None,
1997 generic=True,
2005 generic=True,
1998 )
2006 )
1999 coreconfigitem(
2007 coreconfigitem(
2000 b'templateconfig',
2008 b'templateconfig',
2001 b'.*',
2009 b'.*',
2002 default=dynamicdefault,
2010 default=dynamicdefault,
2003 generic=True,
2011 generic=True,
2004 )
2012 )
2005 coreconfigitem(
2013 coreconfigitem(
2006 b'trusted',
2014 b'trusted',
2007 b'groups',
2015 b'groups',
2008 default=list,
2016 default=list,
2009 )
2017 )
2010 coreconfigitem(
2018 coreconfigitem(
2011 b'trusted',
2019 b'trusted',
2012 b'users',
2020 b'users',
2013 default=list,
2021 default=list,
2014 )
2022 )
2015 coreconfigitem(
2023 coreconfigitem(
2016 b'ui',
2024 b'ui',
2017 b'_usedassubrepo',
2025 b'_usedassubrepo',
2018 default=False,
2026 default=False,
2019 )
2027 )
2020 coreconfigitem(
2028 coreconfigitem(
2021 b'ui',
2029 b'ui',
2022 b'allowemptycommit',
2030 b'allowemptycommit',
2023 default=False,
2031 default=False,
2024 )
2032 )
2025 coreconfigitem(
2033 coreconfigitem(
2026 b'ui',
2034 b'ui',
2027 b'archivemeta',
2035 b'archivemeta',
2028 default=True,
2036 default=True,
2029 )
2037 )
2030 coreconfigitem(
2038 coreconfigitem(
2031 b'ui',
2039 b'ui',
2032 b'askusername',
2040 b'askusername',
2033 default=False,
2041 default=False,
2034 )
2042 )
2035 coreconfigitem(
2043 coreconfigitem(
2036 b'ui',
2044 b'ui',
2037 b'available-memory',
2045 b'available-memory',
2038 default=None,
2046 default=None,
2039 )
2047 )
2040
2048
2041 coreconfigitem(
2049 coreconfigitem(
2042 b'ui',
2050 b'ui',
2043 b'clonebundlefallback',
2051 b'clonebundlefallback',
2044 default=False,
2052 default=False,
2045 )
2053 )
2046 coreconfigitem(
2054 coreconfigitem(
2047 b'ui',
2055 b'ui',
2048 b'clonebundleprefers',
2056 b'clonebundleprefers',
2049 default=list,
2057 default=list,
2050 )
2058 )
2051 coreconfigitem(
2059 coreconfigitem(
2052 b'ui',
2060 b'ui',
2053 b'clonebundles',
2061 b'clonebundles',
2054 default=True,
2062 default=True,
2055 )
2063 )
2056 coreconfigitem(
2064 coreconfigitem(
2057 b'ui',
2065 b'ui',
2058 b'color',
2066 b'color',
2059 default=b'auto',
2067 default=b'auto',
2060 )
2068 )
2061 coreconfigitem(
2069 coreconfigitem(
2062 b'ui',
2070 b'ui',
2063 b'commitsubrepos',
2071 b'commitsubrepos',
2064 default=False,
2072 default=False,
2065 )
2073 )
2066 coreconfigitem(
2074 coreconfigitem(
2067 b'ui',
2075 b'ui',
2068 b'debug',
2076 b'debug',
2069 default=False,
2077 default=False,
2070 )
2078 )
2071 coreconfigitem(
2079 coreconfigitem(
2072 b'ui',
2080 b'ui',
2073 b'debugger',
2081 b'debugger',
2074 default=None,
2082 default=None,
2075 )
2083 )
2076 coreconfigitem(
2084 coreconfigitem(
2077 b'ui',
2085 b'ui',
2078 b'editor',
2086 b'editor',
2079 default=dynamicdefault,
2087 default=dynamicdefault,
2080 )
2088 )
2081 coreconfigitem(
2089 coreconfigitem(
2082 b'ui',
2090 b'ui',
2083 b'detailed-exit-code',
2091 b'detailed-exit-code',
2084 default=False,
2092 default=False,
2085 experimental=True,
2093 experimental=True,
2086 )
2094 )
2087 coreconfigitem(
2095 coreconfigitem(
2088 b'ui',
2096 b'ui',
2089 b'fallbackencoding',
2097 b'fallbackencoding',
2090 default=None,
2098 default=None,
2091 )
2099 )
2092 coreconfigitem(
2100 coreconfigitem(
2093 b'ui',
2101 b'ui',
2094 b'forcecwd',
2102 b'forcecwd',
2095 default=None,
2103 default=None,
2096 )
2104 )
2097 coreconfigitem(
2105 coreconfigitem(
2098 b'ui',
2106 b'ui',
2099 b'forcemerge',
2107 b'forcemerge',
2100 default=None,
2108 default=None,
2101 )
2109 )
2102 coreconfigitem(
2110 coreconfigitem(
2103 b'ui',
2111 b'ui',
2104 b'formatdebug',
2112 b'formatdebug',
2105 default=False,
2113 default=False,
2106 )
2114 )
2107 coreconfigitem(
2115 coreconfigitem(
2108 b'ui',
2116 b'ui',
2109 b'formatjson',
2117 b'formatjson',
2110 default=False,
2118 default=False,
2111 )
2119 )
2112 coreconfigitem(
2120 coreconfigitem(
2113 b'ui',
2121 b'ui',
2114 b'formatted',
2122 b'formatted',
2115 default=None,
2123 default=None,
2116 )
2124 )
2117 coreconfigitem(
2125 coreconfigitem(
2118 b'ui',
2126 b'ui',
2119 b'interactive',
2127 b'interactive',
2120 default=None,
2128 default=None,
2121 )
2129 )
2122 coreconfigitem(
2130 coreconfigitem(
2123 b'ui',
2131 b'ui',
2124 b'interface',
2132 b'interface',
2125 default=None,
2133 default=None,
2126 )
2134 )
2127 coreconfigitem(
2135 coreconfigitem(
2128 b'ui',
2136 b'ui',
2129 b'interface.chunkselector',
2137 b'interface.chunkselector',
2130 default=None,
2138 default=None,
2131 )
2139 )
2132 coreconfigitem(
2140 coreconfigitem(
2133 b'ui',
2141 b'ui',
2134 b'large-file-limit',
2142 b'large-file-limit',
2135 default=10000000,
2143 default=10000000,
2136 )
2144 )
2137 coreconfigitem(
2145 coreconfigitem(
2138 b'ui',
2146 b'ui',
2139 b'logblockedtimes',
2147 b'logblockedtimes',
2140 default=False,
2148 default=False,
2141 )
2149 )
2142 coreconfigitem(
2150 coreconfigitem(
2143 b'ui',
2151 b'ui',
2144 b'merge',
2152 b'merge',
2145 default=None,
2153 default=None,
2146 )
2154 )
2147 coreconfigitem(
2155 coreconfigitem(
2148 b'ui',
2156 b'ui',
2149 b'mergemarkers',
2157 b'mergemarkers',
2150 default=b'basic',
2158 default=b'basic',
2151 )
2159 )
2152 coreconfigitem(
2160 coreconfigitem(
2153 b'ui',
2161 b'ui',
2154 b'message-output',
2162 b'message-output',
2155 default=b'stdio',
2163 default=b'stdio',
2156 )
2164 )
2157 coreconfigitem(
2165 coreconfigitem(
2158 b'ui',
2166 b'ui',
2159 b'nontty',
2167 b'nontty',
2160 default=False,
2168 default=False,
2161 )
2169 )
2162 coreconfigitem(
2170 coreconfigitem(
2163 b'ui',
2171 b'ui',
2164 b'origbackuppath',
2172 b'origbackuppath',
2165 default=None,
2173 default=None,
2166 )
2174 )
2167 coreconfigitem(
2175 coreconfigitem(
2168 b'ui',
2176 b'ui',
2169 b'paginate',
2177 b'paginate',
2170 default=True,
2178 default=True,
2171 )
2179 )
2172 coreconfigitem(
2180 coreconfigitem(
2173 b'ui',
2181 b'ui',
2174 b'patch',
2182 b'patch',
2175 default=None,
2183 default=None,
2176 )
2184 )
2177 coreconfigitem(
2185 coreconfigitem(
2178 b'ui',
2186 b'ui',
2179 b'portablefilenames',
2187 b'portablefilenames',
2180 default=b'warn',
2188 default=b'warn',
2181 )
2189 )
2182 coreconfigitem(
2190 coreconfigitem(
2183 b'ui',
2191 b'ui',
2184 b'promptecho',
2192 b'promptecho',
2185 default=False,
2193 default=False,
2186 )
2194 )
2187 coreconfigitem(
2195 coreconfigitem(
2188 b'ui',
2196 b'ui',
2189 b'quiet',
2197 b'quiet',
2190 default=False,
2198 default=False,
2191 )
2199 )
2192 coreconfigitem(
2200 coreconfigitem(
2193 b'ui',
2201 b'ui',
2194 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2202 b'quietbookmarkmove',
2195 default=False,
2203 default=False,
2196 )
2204 )
2197 coreconfigitem(
2205 coreconfigitem(
2198 b'ui',
2206 b'ui',
2199 b'relative-paths',
2207 b'relative-paths',
2200 default=b'legacy',
2208 default=b'legacy',
2201 )
2209 )
2202 coreconfigitem(
2210 coreconfigitem(
2203 b'ui',
2211 b'ui',
2204 b'remotecmd',
2212 b'remotecmd',
2205 default=b'hg',
2213 default=b'hg',
2206 )
2214 )
2207 coreconfigitem(
2215 coreconfigitem(
2208 b'ui',
2216 b'ui',
2209 b'report_untrusted',
2217 b'report_untrusted',
2210 default=True,
2218 default=True,
2211 )
2219 )
2212 coreconfigitem(
2220 coreconfigitem(
2213 b'ui',
2221 b'ui',
2214 b'rollback',
2222 b'rollback',
2215 default=True,
2223 default=True,
2216 )
2224 )
2217 coreconfigitem(
2225 coreconfigitem(
2218 b'ui',
2226 b'ui',
2219 b'signal-safe-lock',
2227 b'signal-safe-lock',
2220 default=True,
2228 default=True,
2221 )
2229 )
2222 coreconfigitem(
2230 coreconfigitem(
2223 b'ui',
2231 b'ui',
2224 b'slash',
2232 b'slash',
2225 default=False,
2233 default=False,
2226 )
2234 )
2227 coreconfigitem(
2235 coreconfigitem(
2228 b'ui',
2236 b'ui',
2229 b'ssh',
2237 b'ssh',
2230 default=b'ssh',
2238 default=b'ssh',
2231 )
2239 )
2232 coreconfigitem(
2240 coreconfigitem(
2233 b'ui',
2241 b'ui',
2234 b'ssherrorhint',
2242 b'ssherrorhint',
2235 default=None,
2243 default=None,
2236 )
2244 )
2237 coreconfigitem(
2245 coreconfigitem(
2238 b'ui',
2246 b'ui',
2239 b'statuscopies',
2247 b'statuscopies',
2240 default=False,
2248 default=False,
2241 )
2249 )
2242 coreconfigitem(
2250 coreconfigitem(
2243 b'ui',
2251 b'ui',
2244 b'strict',
2252 b'strict',
2245 default=False,
2253 default=False,
2246 )
2254 )
2247 coreconfigitem(
2255 coreconfigitem(
2248 b'ui',
2256 b'ui',
2249 b'style',
2257 b'style',
2250 default=b'',
2258 default=b'',
2251 )
2259 )
2252 coreconfigitem(
2260 coreconfigitem(
2253 b'ui',
2261 b'ui',
2254 b'supportcontact',
2262 b'supportcontact',
2255 default=None,
2263 default=None,
2256 )
2264 )
2257 coreconfigitem(
2265 coreconfigitem(
2258 b'ui',
2266 b'ui',
2259 b'textwidth',
2267 b'textwidth',
2260 default=78,
2268 default=78,
2261 )
2269 )
2262 coreconfigitem(
2270 coreconfigitem(
2263 b'ui',
2271 b'ui',
2264 b'timeout',
2272 b'timeout',
2265 default=b'600',
2273 default=b'600',
2266 )
2274 )
2267 coreconfigitem(
2275 coreconfigitem(
2268 b'ui',
2276 b'ui',
2269 b'timeout.warn',
2277 b'timeout.warn',
2270 default=0,
2278 default=0,
2271 )
2279 )
2272 coreconfigitem(
2280 coreconfigitem(
2273 b'ui',
2281 b'ui',
2274 b'timestamp-output',
2282 b'timestamp-output',
2275 default=False,
2283 default=False,
2276 )
2284 )
2277 coreconfigitem(
2285 coreconfigitem(
2278 b'ui',
2286 b'ui',
2279 b'traceback',
2287 b'traceback',
2280 default=False,
2288 default=False,
2281 )
2289 )
2282 coreconfigitem(
2290 coreconfigitem(
2283 b'ui',
2291 b'ui',
2284 b'tweakdefaults',
2292 b'tweakdefaults',
2285 default=False,
2293 default=False,
2286 )
2294 )
2287 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2295 coreconfigitem(b'ui', b'username', alias=[(b'ui', b'user')])
2288 coreconfigitem(
2296 coreconfigitem(
2289 b'ui',
2297 b'ui',
2290 b'verbose',
2298 b'verbose',
2291 default=False,
2299 default=False,
2292 )
2300 )
2293 coreconfigitem(
2301 coreconfigitem(
2294 b'verify',
2302 b'verify',
2295 b'skipflags',
2303 b'skipflags',
2296 default=None,
2304 default=None,
2297 )
2305 )
2298 coreconfigitem(
2306 coreconfigitem(
2299 b'web',
2307 b'web',
2300 b'allowbz2',
2308 b'allowbz2',
2301 default=False,
2309 default=False,
2302 )
2310 )
2303 coreconfigitem(
2311 coreconfigitem(
2304 b'web',
2312 b'web',
2305 b'allowgz',
2313 b'allowgz',
2306 default=False,
2314 default=False,
2307 )
2315 )
2308 coreconfigitem(
2316 coreconfigitem(
2309 b'web',
2317 b'web',
2310 b'allow-pull',
2318 b'allow-pull',
2311 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2319 alias=[(b'web', b'allowpull')],
2312 default=True,
2320 default=True,
2313 )
2321 )
2314 coreconfigitem(
2322 coreconfigitem(
2315 b'web',
2323 b'web',
2316 b'allow-push',
2324 b'allow-push',
2317 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2325 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_push')],
2318 default=list,
2326 default=list,
2319 )
2327 )
2320 coreconfigitem(
2328 coreconfigitem(
2321 b'web',
2329 b'web',
2322 b'allowzip',
2330 b'allowzip',
2323 default=False,
2331 default=False,
2324 )
2332 )
2325 coreconfigitem(
2333 coreconfigitem(
2326 b'web',
2334 b'web',
2327 b'archivesubrepos',
2335 b'archivesubrepos',
2328 default=False,
2336 default=False,
2329 )
2337 )
2330 coreconfigitem(
2338 coreconfigitem(
2331 b'web',
2339 b'web',
2332 b'cache',
2340 b'cache',
2333 default=True,
2341 default=True,
2334 )
2342 )
2335 coreconfigitem(
2343 coreconfigitem(
2336 b'web',
2344 b'web',
2337 b'comparisoncontext',
2345 b'comparisoncontext',
2338 default=5,
2346 default=5,
2339 )
2347 )
2340 coreconfigitem(
2348 coreconfigitem(
2341 b'web',
2349 b'web',
2342 b'contact',
2350 b'contact',
2343 default=None,
2351 default=None,
2344 )
2352 )
2345 coreconfigitem(
2353 coreconfigitem(
2346 b'web',
2354 b'web',
2347 b'deny_push',
2355 b'deny_push',
2348 default=list,
2356 default=list,
2349 )
2357 )
2350 coreconfigitem(
2358 coreconfigitem(
2351 b'web',
2359 b'web',
2352 b'guessmime',
2360 b'guessmime',
2353 default=False,
2361 default=False,
2354 )
2362 )
2355 coreconfigitem(
2363 coreconfigitem(
2356 b'web',
2364 b'web',
2357 b'hidden',
2365 b'hidden',
2358 default=False,
2366 default=False,
2359 )
2367 )
2360 coreconfigitem(
2368 coreconfigitem(
2361 b'web',
2369 b'web',
2362 b'labels',
2370 b'labels',
2363 default=list,
2371 default=list,
2364 )
2372 )
2365 coreconfigitem(
2373 coreconfigitem(
2366 b'web',
2374 b'web',
2367 b'logoimg',
2375 b'logoimg',
2368 default=b'hglogo.png',
2376 default=b'hglogo.png',
2369 )
2377 )
2370 coreconfigitem(
2378 coreconfigitem(
2371 b'web',
2379 b'web',
2372 b'logourl',
2380 b'logourl',
2373 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2381 default=b'https://mercurial-scm.org/',
2374 )
2382 )
2375 coreconfigitem(
2383 coreconfigitem(
2376 b'web',
2384 b'web',
2377 b'accesslog',
2385 b'accesslog',
2378 default=b'-',
2386 default=b'-',
2379 )
2387 )
2380 coreconfigitem(
2388 coreconfigitem(
2381 b'web',
2389 b'web',
2382 b'address',
2390 b'address',
2383 default=b'',
2391 default=b'',
2384 )
2392 )
2385 coreconfigitem(
2393 coreconfigitem(
2386 b'web',
2394 b'web',
2387 b'allow-archive',
2395 b'allow-archive',
2388 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2396 alias=[(b'web', b'allow_archive')],
2389 default=list,
2397 default=list,
2390 )
2398 )
2391 coreconfigitem(
2399 coreconfigitem(
2392 b'web',
2400 b'web',
2393 b'allow_read',
2401 b'allow_read',
2394 default=list,
2402 default=list,
2395 )
2403 )
2396 coreconfigitem(
2404 coreconfigitem(
2397 b'web',
2405 b'web',
2398 b'baseurl',
2406 b'baseurl',
2399 default=None,
2407 default=None,
2400 )
2408 )
2401 coreconfigitem(
2409 coreconfigitem(
2402 b'web',
2410 b'web',
2403 b'cacerts',
2411 b'cacerts',
2404 default=None,
2412 default=None,
2405 )
2413 )
2406 coreconfigitem(
2414 coreconfigitem(
2407 b'web',
2415 b'web',
2408 b'certificate',
2416 b'certificate',
2409 default=None,
2417 default=None,
2410 )
2418 )
2411 coreconfigitem(
2419 coreconfigitem(
2412 b'web',
2420 b'web',
2413 b'collapse',
2421 b'collapse',
2414 default=False,
2422 default=False,
2415 )
2423 )
2416 coreconfigitem(
2424 coreconfigitem(
2417 b'web',
2425 b'web',
2418 b'csp',
2426 b'csp',
2419 default=None,
2427 default=None,
2420 )
2428 )
2421 coreconfigitem(
2429 coreconfigitem(
2422 b'web',
2430 b'web',
2423 b'deny_read',
2431 b'deny_read',
2424 default=list,
2432 default=list,
2425 )
2433 )
2426 coreconfigitem(
2434 coreconfigitem(
2427 b'web',
2435 b'web',
2428 b'descend',
2436 b'descend',
2429 default=True,
2437 default=True,
2430 )
2438 )
2431 coreconfigitem(
2439 coreconfigitem(
2432 b'web',
2440 b'web',
2433 b'description',
2441 b'description',
2434 default=b"",
2442 default=b"",
2435 )
2443 )
2436 coreconfigitem(
2444 coreconfigitem(
2437 b'web',
2445 b'web',
2438 b'encoding',
2446 b'encoding',
2439 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2447 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
2440 )
2448 )
2441 coreconfigitem(
2449 coreconfigitem(
2442 b'web',
2450 b'web',
2443 b'errorlog',
2451 b'errorlog',
2444 default=b'-',
2452 default=b'-',
2445 )
2453 )
2446 coreconfigitem(
2454 coreconfigitem(
2447 b'web',
2455 b'web',
2448 b'ipv6',
2456 b'ipv6',
2449 default=False,
2457 default=False,
2450 )
2458 )
2451 coreconfigitem(
2459 coreconfigitem(
2452 b'web',
2460 b'web',
2453 b'maxchanges',
2461 b'maxchanges',
2454 default=10,
2462 default=10,
2455 )
2463 )
2456 coreconfigitem(
2464 coreconfigitem(
2457 b'web',
2465 b'web',
2458 b'maxfiles',
2466 b'maxfiles',
2459 default=10,
2467 default=10,
2460 )
2468 )
2461 coreconfigitem(
2469 coreconfigitem(
2462 b'web',
2470 b'web',
2463 b'maxshortchanges',
2471 b'maxshortchanges',
2464 default=60,
2472 default=60,
2465 )
2473 )
2466 coreconfigitem(
2474 coreconfigitem(
2467 b'web',
2475 b'web',
2468 b'motd',
2476 b'motd',
2469 default=b'',
2477 default=b'',
2470 )
2478 )
2471 coreconfigitem(
2479 coreconfigitem(
2472 b'web',
2480 b'web',
2473 b'name',
2481 b'name',
2474 default=dynamicdefault,
2482 default=dynamicdefault,
2475 )
2483 )
2476 coreconfigitem(
2484 coreconfigitem(
2477 b'web',
2485 b'web',
2478 b'port',
2486 b'port',
2479 default=8000,
2487 default=8000,
2480 )
2488 )
2481 coreconfigitem(
2489 coreconfigitem(
2482 b'web',
2490 b'web',
2483 b'prefix',
2491 b'prefix',
2484 default=b'',
2492 default=b'',
2485 )
2493 )
2486 coreconfigitem(
2494 coreconfigitem(
2487 b'web',
2495 b'web',
2488 b'push_ssl',
2496 b'push_ssl',
2489 default=True,
2497 default=True,
2490 )
2498 )
2491 coreconfigitem(
2499 coreconfigitem(
2492 b'web',
2500 b'web',
2493 b'refreshinterval',
2501 b'refreshinterval',
2494 default=20,
2502 default=20,
2495 )
2503 )
2496 coreconfigitem(
2504 coreconfigitem(
2497 b'web',
2505 b'web',
2498 b'server-header',
2506 b'server-header',
2499 default=None,
2507 default=None,
2500 )
2508 )
2501 coreconfigitem(
2509 coreconfigitem(
2502 b'web',
2510 b'web',
2503 b'static',
2511 b'static',
2504 default=None,
2512 default=None,
2505 )
2513 )
2506 coreconfigitem(
2514 coreconfigitem(
2507 b'web',
2515 b'web',
2508 b'staticurl',
2516 b'staticurl',
2509 default=None,
2517 default=None,
2510 )
2518 )
2511 coreconfigitem(
2519 coreconfigitem(
2512 b'web',
2520 b'web',
2513 b'stripes',
2521 b'stripes',
2514 default=1,
2522 default=1,
2515 )
2523 )
2516 coreconfigitem(
2524 coreconfigitem(
2517 b'web',
2525 b'web',
2518 b'style',
2526 b'style',
2519 default=b'paper',
2527 default=b'paper',
2520 )
2528 )
2521 coreconfigitem(
2529 coreconfigitem(
2522 b'web',
2530 b'web',
2523 b'templates',
2531 b'templates',
2524 default=None,
2532 default=None,
2525 )
2533 )
2526 coreconfigitem(
2534 coreconfigitem(
2527 b'web',
2535 b'web',
2528 b'view',
2536 b'view',
2529 default=b'served',
2537 default=b'served',
2530 experimental=True,
2538 experimental=True,
2531 )
2539 )
2532 coreconfigitem(
2540 coreconfigitem(
2533 b'worker',
2541 b'worker',
2534 b'backgroundclose',
2542 b'backgroundclose',
2535 default=dynamicdefault,
2543 default=dynamicdefault,
2536 )
2544 )
2537 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2545 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
2538 # should give us enough headway.
2546 # should give us enough headway.
2539 coreconfigitem(
2547 coreconfigitem(
2540 b'worker',
2548 b'worker',
2541 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2549 b'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
2542 default=384,
2550 default=384,
2543 )
2551 )
2544 coreconfigitem(
2552 coreconfigitem(
2545 b'worker',
2553 b'worker',
2546 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2554 b'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
2547 default=2048,
2555 default=2048,
2548 )
2556 )
2549 coreconfigitem(
2557 coreconfigitem(
2550 b'worker',
2558 b'worker',
2551 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2559 b'backgroundclosethreadcount',
2552 default=4,
2560 default=4,
2553 )
2561 )
2554 coreconfigitem(
2562 coreconfigitem(
2555 b'worker',
2563 b'worker',
2556 b'enabled',
2564 b'enabled',
2557 default=True,
2565 default=True,
2558 )
2566 )
2559 coreconfigitem(
2567 coreconfigitem(
2560 b'worker',
2568 b'worker',
2561 b'numcpus',
2569 b'numcpus',
2562 default=None,
2570 default=None,
2563 )
2571 )
2564
2572
2565 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2573 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
2566 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2574 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
2567 # without formally loading it.
2575 # without formally loading it.
2568 coreconfigitem(
2576 coreconfigitem(
2569 b'commands',
2577 b'commands',
2570 b'rebase.requiredest',
2578 b'rebase.requiredest',
2571 default=False,
2579 default=False,
2572 )
2580 )
2573 coreconfigitem(
2581 coreconfigitem(
2574 b'experimental',
2582 b'experimental',
2575 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2583 b'rebaseskipobsolete',
2576 default=True,
2584 default=True,
2577 )
2585 )
2578 coreconfigitem(
2586 coreconfigitem(
2579 b'rebase',
2587 b'rebase',
2580 b'singletransaction',
2588 b'singletransaction',
2581 default=False,
2589 default=False,
2582 )
2590 )
2583 coreconfigitem(
2591 coreconfigitem(
2584 b'rebase',
2592 b'rebase',
2585 b'experimental.inmemory',
2593 b'experimental.inmemory',
2586 default=False,
2594 default=False,
2587 )
2595 )
@@ -1,2973 +1,2985 b''
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 aspects of its behavior.
2 aspects of its behavior.
3
3
4 Troubleshooting
4 Troubleshooting
5 ===============
5 ===============
6
6
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 a setting into your environment.
9 a setting into your environment.
10
10
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 for information about how and where to override things.
12 for information about how and where to override things.
13
13
14 Structure
14 Structure
15 =========
15 =========
16
16
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20
20
21 [ui]
21 [ui]
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 verbose = True
23 verbose = True
24
24
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27
27
28 Files
28 Files
29 =====
29 =====
30
30
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34
34
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36
36
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38
38
39 .. container:: windows
39 .. container:: windows
40
40
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42
42
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44
44
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46
46
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 ones.
51 ones.
52
52
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54
54
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56
56
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
66
66
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 .. container:: verbose.windows
68
68
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
70
70
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
71 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
72 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
73 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
74 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
75 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
76 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
77 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-system)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
78 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
79 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
80 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
81 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\Mercurial.ini`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
82 - ``%PROGRAMDATA%\Mercurial\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-system)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
83 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
84
84
85 .. note::
85 .. note::
86
86
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
87 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
88 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
89
89
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 .. container:: verbose.plan9
91
91
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
93
93
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
94 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc-not-shared`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
95 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
96 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
97 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
98 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
99 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
100 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
101 - ``<internal>/*.rc`` (defaults)
102
102
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
103 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
104 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
105 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
106 this file override options in all other configuration files.
107
107
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
108 .. container:: unix.plan9
109
109
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
110 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
111 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
112 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
113
113
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
114 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
115 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
116 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
117 options.
117 options.
118
118
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
119 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
120 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
121 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
122
122
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
123 .. container:: unix.plan9
124
124
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
125 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
126 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
127 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
128 directory.
128 directory.
129
129
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
130 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
131 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
132 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
133 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
134 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
135 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
136 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
137
137
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
138 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
139 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
140 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
141 override per-installation options.
141 override per-installation options.
142
142
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
143 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
144 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
145 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
146 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
147 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
148 there.
148 there.
149
149
150 .. container:: verbose
150 .. container:: verbose
151
151
152 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
152 On versions 5.7 and later, if share-safe functionality is enabled,
153 shares will read config file of share source too.
153 shares will read config file of share source too.
154 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
154 `<share-source/.hg/hgrc>` is read before reading `<repo/.hg/hgrc>`.
155
155
156 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
156 For configs which should not be shared, `<repo/.hg/hgrc-not-shared>`
157 should be used.
157 should be used.
158
158
159 Syntax
159 Syntax
160 ======
160 ======
161
161
162 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
162 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
163 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
163 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
164 ``configuration keys``)::
164 ``configuration keys``)::
165
165
166 [spam]
166 [spam]
167 eggs=ham
167 eggs=ham
168 green=
168 green=
169 eggs
169 eggs
170
170
171 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
171 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
172 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
172 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
173 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
173 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
174 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
174 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
175
175
176 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
176 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
177 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
177 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
178
178
179 [spam]
179 [spam]
180 eggs=large
180 eggs=large
181 ham=serrano
181 ham=serrano
182 eggs=small
182 eggs=small
183
183
184 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
184 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
185
185
186 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
186 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
187 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
187 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
188 example::
188 example::
189
189
190 [foo]
190 [foo]
191 eggs=large
191 eggs=large
192 ham=serrano
192 ham=serrano
193 eggs=small
193 eggs=small
194
194
195 [bar]
195 [bar]
196 eggs=ham
196 eggs=ham
197 green=
197 green=
198 eggs
198 eggs
199
199
200 [foo]
200 [foo]
201 ham=prosciutto
201 ham=prosciutto
202 eggs=medium
202 eggs=medium
203 bread=toasted
203 bread=toasted
204
204
205 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
205 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
206 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
206 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
207 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
207 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
208 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
208 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
209
209
210 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
210 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
211 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
211 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
212 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
212 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
213 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
213 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
214 above.
214 above.
215
215
216 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
216 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
217 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
217 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
218 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
218 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
219 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
219 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
220 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
220 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
221 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
221 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
222
222
223 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
223 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
224
224
225 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
225 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
226
226
227 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
227 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
228 section, if it has been set previously.
228 section, if it has been set previously.
229
229
230 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
230 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
231 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
231 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
232 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
232 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
233 (all case insensitive).
233 (all case insensitive).
234
234
235 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
235 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
236 placed in double quotation marks::
236 placed in double quotation marks::
237
237
238 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
238 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
239
239
240 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
240 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
241 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
241 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
242 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
242 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
243
243
244 Sections
244 Sections
245 ========
245 ========
246
246
247 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
247 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
248 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
248 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
249 keys, and their possible values.
249 keys, and their possible values.
250
250
251 ``alias``
251 ``alias``
252 ---------
252 ---------
253
253
254 Defines command aliases.
254 Defines command aliases.
255
255
256 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
256 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
257 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
257 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
258 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
258 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
259 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
259 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
260 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
260 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
261 command to be executed.
261 command to be executed.
262
262
263 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
263 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
264
264
265 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
265 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
266
266
267 For example, this definition::
267 For example, this definition::
268
268
269 latest = log --limit 5
269 latest = log --limit 5
270
270
271 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
271 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
272 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
272 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
273
273
274 stable5 = latest -b stable
274 stable5 = latest -b stable
275
275
276 .. note::
276 .. note::
277
277
278 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
278 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
279 existing commands, which will then override the original
279 existing commands, which will then override the original
280 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
280 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
281
281
282 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
282 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
283 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
283 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
284 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
284 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
285
285
286 echo = !echo $@
286 echo = !echo $@
287
287
288 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
288 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
289 terminal. A better example might be::
289 terminal. A better example might be::
290
290
291 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
291 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
292
292
293 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
293 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
294 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
294 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
295
295
296 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
296 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
297 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
297 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
298 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
298 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
299 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
299 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
300 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
300 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
301 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
301 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
302
302
303 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
303 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
304 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
304 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
305 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
305 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
306 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
306 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
307 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
307 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
308 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
308 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
309
309
310 .. note::
310 .. note::
311
311
312 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
312 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
313 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
313 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
314 aliases.
314 aliases.
315
315
316
316
317 ``annotate``
317 ``annotate``
318 ------------
318 ------------
319
319
320 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
320 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
321 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
321 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
322 related options for the diff command.
322 related options for the diff command.
323
323
324 ``ignorews``
324 ``ignorews``
325 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
325 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
326
326
327 ``ignorewseol``
327 ``ignorewseol``
328 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
328 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
329
329
330 ``ignorewsamount``
330 ``ignorewsamount``
331 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
331 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
332
332
333 ``ignoreblanklines``
333 ``ignoreblanklines``
334 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
334 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
335
335
336
336
337 ``auth``
337 ``auth``
338 --------
338 --------
339
339
340 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
340 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
341 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
341 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
342 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
342 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
343 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
343 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
344 your HTTP server.
344 your HTTP server.
345
345
346 The following options apply to all hosts.
346 The following options apply to all hosts.
347
347
348 ``cookiefile``
348 ``cookiefile``
349 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
349 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
350 host will be sent automatically.
350 host will be sent automatically.
351
351
352 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
352 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
353 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
353 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
354 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
354 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
355 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
355 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
356 format."
356 format."
357
357
358 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
358 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
359 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
359 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
360 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
360 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
361
361
362 The cookies file is read-only.
362 The cookies file is read-only.
363
363
364 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
364 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
365 format::
365 format::
366
366
367 <name>.<argument> = <value>
367 <name>.<argument> = <value>
368
368
369 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
369 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
370 entries. Example::
370 entries. Example::
371
371
372 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
372 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
373 foo.username = foo
373 foo.username = foo
374 foo.password = bar
374 foo.password = bar
375 foo.schemes = http https
375 foo.schemes = http https
376
376
377 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
377 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
378 bar.key = path/to/file.key
378 bar.key = path/to/file.key
379 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
379 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
380 bar.schemes = https
380 bar.schemes = https
381
381
382 Supported arguments:
382 Supported arguments:
383
383
384 ``prefix``
384 ``prefix``
385 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
385 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
386 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
386 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
387 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
387 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
388 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
388 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
389 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
389 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
390 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
390 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
391
391
392 ``username``
392 ``username``
393 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
393 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
394 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
394 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
395 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
395 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
396 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
396 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
397 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
397 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
398 username or without a username will be considered.
398 username or without a username will be considered.
399
399
400 ``password``
400 ``password``
401 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
401 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
402 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
402 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
403 will be prompted for it.
403 will be prompted for it.
404
404
405 ``key``
405 ``key``
406 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
406 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
407 variables are expanded in the filename.
407 variables are expanded in the filename.
408
408
409 ``cert``
409 ``cert``
410 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
410 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
411 variables are expanded in the filename.
411 variables are expanded in the filename.
412
412
413 ``schemes``
413 ``schemes``
414 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
414 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
415 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
415 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
416 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
416 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
417 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
417 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
418 (default: https)
418 (default: https)
419
419
420 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
420 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
421 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
421 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
422
422
423 ``cmdserver``
423 ``cmdserver``
424 -------------
424 -------------
425
425
426 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
426 Controls command server settings. (ADVANCED)
427
427
428 ``message-encodings``
428 ``message-encodings``
429 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
429 List of encodings for the ``m`` (message) channel. The first encoding
430 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
430 supported by the server will be selected and advertised in the hello
431 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
431 message. This is useful only when ``ui.message-output`` is set to
432 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
432 ``channel``. Supported encodings are ``cbor``.
433
433
434 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
434 ``shutdown-on-interrupt``
435 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
435 If set to false, the server's main loop will continue running after
436 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
436 SIGINT received. ``runcommand`` requests can still be interrupted by
437 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
437 SIGINT. Close the write end of the pipe to shut down the server
438 process gracefully.
438 process gracefully.
439 (default: True)
439 (default: True)
440
440
441 ``color``
441 ``color``
442 ---------
442 ---------
443
443
444 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
444 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
445 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
445 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
446
446
447 ``mode``
447 ``mode``
448 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
448 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
449 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
449 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
450 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
450 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
451 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
451 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
452
452
453 ``pagermode``
453 ``pagermode``
454 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
454 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
455
455
456 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
456 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
457 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
457 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
458 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
458 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
459 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
459 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
460 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
460 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
461 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
461 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
462 codes).
462 codes).
463
463
464 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
464 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
465 a different color mode than the pager program.
465 a different color mode than the pager program.
466
466
467 ``commands``
467 ``commands``
468 ------------
468 ------------
469
469
470 ``commit.post-status``
470 ``commit.post-status``
471 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
471 Show status of files in the working directory after successful commit.
472 (default: False)
472 (default: False)
473
473
474 ``merge.require-rev``
474 ``merge.require-rev``
475 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
475 Require that the revision to merge the current commit with be specified on
476 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
476 the command line. If this is enabled and a revision is not specified, the
477 command aborts.
477 command aborts.
478 (default: False)
478 (default: False)
479
479
480 ``push.require-revs``
480 ``push.require-revs``
481 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
481 Require revisions to push be specified using one or more mechanisms such as
482 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
482 specifying them positionally on the command line, using ``-r``, ``-b``,
483 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
483 and/or ``-B`` on the command line, or using ``paths.<path>:pushrev`` in the
484 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
484 configuration. If this is enabled and revisions are not specified, the
485 command aborts.
485 command aborts.
486 (default: False)
486 (default: False)
487
487
488 ``resolve.confirm``
488 ``resolve.confirm``
489 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
489 Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed.
490 (default: False)
490 (default: False)
491
491
492 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
492 ``resolve.explicit-re-merge``
493 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
493 Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform,
494 instead of re-merging files by default.
494 instead of re-merging files by default.
495 (default: False)
495 (default: False)
496
496
497 ``resolve.mark-check``
497 ``resolve.mark-check``
498 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
498 Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before
499 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
499 marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and
500 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
500 ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still
501 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
501 have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved.
502 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
502 ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved.
503 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
503 If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be
504 shown (an error will not be raised).
504 shown (an error will not be raised).
505 (default: ``none``)
505 (default: ``none``)
506
506
507 ``status.relative``
507 ``status.relative``
508 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
508 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
509 (default: False)
509 (default: False)
510
510
511 ``status.terse``
511 ``status.terse``
512 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
512 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenses status output.
513 (default: empty)
513 (default: empty)
514
514
515 ``update.check``
515 ``update.check``
516 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
516 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
517 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
517 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
518 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
518 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
519 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
519 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
520 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
520 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
521 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
521 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
522 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
522 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
523 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
523 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
524 are present.
524 are present.
525 (default: ``linear``)
525 (default: ``linear``)
526
526
527 ``update.requiredest``
527 ``update.requiredest``
528 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
528 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
529 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
529 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
530 will be disallowed.
530 will be disallowed.
531 (default: False)
531 (default: False)
532
532
533 ``committemplate``
533 ``committemplate``
534 ------------------
534 ------------------
535
535
536 ``changeset``
536 ``changeset``
537 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
537 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
538 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
538 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
539
539
540 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
540 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
541 below can be used for customization:
541 below can be used for customization:
542
542
543 ``extramsg``
543 ``extramsg``
544 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
544 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
545 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
545 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
546
546
547 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
547 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
548 one shown by default::
548 one shown by default::
549
549
550 [committemplate]
550 [committemplate]
551 changeset = {desc}\n\n
551 changeset = {desc}\n\n
552 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
552 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
553 HG: {extramsg}
553 HG: {extramsg}
554 HG: --
554 HG: --
555 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
555 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
556 "HG: branch merge\n")
556 "HG: branch merge\n")
557 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
557 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
558 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
558 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
559 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
559 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
560 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
560 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
561 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
561 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
562 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
562 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
563 "HG: no files changed\n")}
563 "HG: no files changed\n")}
564
564
565 ``diff()``
565 ``diff()``
566 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
566 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
567
567
568 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
568 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
569 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
569 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
570 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
570 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
571 it::
571 it::
572
572
573 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
573 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
574
574
575 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
575 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
576 extra message::
576 extra message::
577
577
578 [committemplate]
578 [committemplate]
579 changeset = {desc}\n\n
579 changeset = {desc}\n\n
580 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
580 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
581 HG: {extramsg}
581 HG: {extramsg}
582 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
582 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
583 HG: Do not touch the line above.
583 HG: Do not touch the line above.
584 HG: Everything below will be removed.
584 HG: Everything below will be removed.
585 {diff()}
585 {diff()}
586
586
587 .. note::
587 .. note::
588
588
589 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
589 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
590 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
590 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
591 avoid showing broken characters.
591 avoid showing broken characters.
592
592
593 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
593 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
594 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
594 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
595 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
595 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
596 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
596 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
597
597
598 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
598 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
599 required):
599 required):
600
600
601 - :hg:`backout`
601 - :hg:`backout`
602 - :hg:`commit`
602 - :hg:`commit`
603 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
603 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
604 - :hg:`graft`
604 - :hg:`graft`
605 - :hg:`histedit`
605 - :hg:`histedit`
606 - :hg:`import`
606 - :hg:`import`
607 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
607 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
608 - :hg:`rebase`
608 - :hg:`rebase`
609 - :hg:`shelve`
609 - :hg:`shelve`
610 - :hg:`sign`
610 - :hg:`sign`
611 - :hg:`tag`
611 - :hg:`tag`
612 - :hg:`transplant`
612 - :hg:`transplant`
613
613
614 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
614 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
615 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
615 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
616 messages for each action.
616 messages for each action.
617
617
618 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
618 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
619 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
619 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
620 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
620 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
621 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
621 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
622 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
622 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
623 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
623 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
624 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
624 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
625 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
625 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
626 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
626 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
627 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
627 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
628 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
628 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
629 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
630 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
630 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
631 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
631 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
632 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
632 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
633 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
633 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
634 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
634 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
635 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
635 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
636 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
636 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
637 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
637 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
638 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
638 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
639 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
639 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
640 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
640 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
641 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
641 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
642 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
642 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
643 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
643 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
644
644
645 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
645 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
646 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
646 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
647 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
647 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
648 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
648 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
649
649
650 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
650 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
651 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
651 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
652 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
652 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
653 variable.
653 variable.
654
654
655 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
655 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
656 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
656 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
657 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
657 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
658
658
659 [committemplate]
659 [committemplate]
660 listupfiles = {file_adds %
660 listupfiles = {file_adds %
661 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
661 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
662 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
662 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
663 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
663 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
664 "HG: no files changed\n")}
664 "HG: no files changed\n")}
665
665
666 ``decode/encode``
666 ``decode/encode``
667 -----------------
667 -----------------
668
668
669 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
669 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
670 typically be used for newline processing or other
670 typically be used for newline processing or other
671 localization/canonicalization of files.
671 localization/canonicalization of files.
672
672
673 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
673 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
674 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
674 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
675 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
675 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
676 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
676 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
677 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
677 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
678 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
678 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
679
679
680 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
680 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
681 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
681 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
682
682
683 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
683 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
684 data on stdout.
684 data on stdout.
685
685
686 Pipe example::
686 Pipe example::
687
687
688 [encode]
688 [encode]
689 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
689 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
690 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
690 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
691 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
691 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
692
692
693 [decode]
693 [decode]
694 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
694 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
695 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
695 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
696 *.gz = gzip
696 *.gz = gzip
697
697
698 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
698 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
699 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
699 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
700 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
700 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
701 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
701 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
702 the command.
702 the command.
703
703
704 .. container:: windows
704 .. container:: windows
705
705
706 .. note::
706 .. note::
707
707
708 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
708 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
709 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
709 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
710 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
710 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
711
711
712 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
712 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
713 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
713 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
714 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
714 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
715
715
716
716
717 ``defaults``
717 ``defaults``
718 ------------
718 ------------
719
719
720 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
720 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
721
721
722 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
722 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
723 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
723 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
724
724
725 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
725 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
726 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
726 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
727
727
728 [defaults]
728 [defaults]
729 log = -v
729 log = -v
730 status = -m
730 status = -m
731
731
732 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
732 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
733 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
733 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
734 to the aliases of the commands defined.
734 to the aliases of the commands defined.
735
735
736
736
737 ``diff``
737 ``diff``
738 --------
738 --------
739
739
740 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
740 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
741 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
741 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
742 for related options for the annotate command.
742 for related options for the annotate command.
743
743
744 ``git``
744 ``git``
745 Use git extended diff format.
745 Use git extended diff format.
746
746
747 ``nobinary``
747 ``nobinary``
748 Omit git binary patches.
748 Omit git binary patches.
749
749
750 ``nodates``
750 ``nodates``
751 Don't include dates in diff headers.
751 Don't include dates in diff headers.
752
752
753 ``noprefix``
753 ``noprefix``
754 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
754 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
755
755
756 ``showfunc``
756 ``showfunc``
757 Show which function each change is in.
757 Show which function each change is in.
758
758
759 ``ignorews``
759 ``ignorews``
760 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
760 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
761
761
762 ``ignorewsamount``
762 ``ignorewsamount``
763 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
763 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
764
764
765 ``ignoreblanklines``
765 ``ignoreblanklines``
766 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
766 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
767
767
768 ``unified``
768 ``unified``
769 Number of lines of context to show.
769 Number of lines of context to show.
770
770
771 ``word-diff``
771 ``word-diff``
772 Highlight changed words.
772 Highlight changed words.
773
773
774 ``email``
774 ``email``
775 ---------
775 ---------
776
776
777 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
777 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
778
778
779 ``from``
779 ``from``
780 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
780 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
781 of outgoing messages.
781 of outgoing messages.
782
782
783 ``to``
783 ``to``
784 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
784 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
785
785
786 ``cc``
786 ``cc``
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
787 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
788 email addresses.
788 email addresses.
789
789
790 ``bcc``
790 ``bcc``
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
791 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
792 email addresses.
792 email addresses.
793
793
794 ``method``
794 ``method``
795 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
795 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
796 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
796 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
797 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
797 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
798 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
798 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
799 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
799 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
800 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
800 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
801
801
802 ``charsets``
802 ``charsets``
803 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
803 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
804 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
804 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
805 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
805 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
806 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
806 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
807 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
807 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
808 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
808 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
809 (default: '')
809 (default: '')
810
810
811 Order of outgoing email character sets:
811 Order of outgoing email character sets:
812
812
813 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
813 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
814 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
814 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
815 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
815 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
816 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
816 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
817 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
817 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
818
818
819 Email example::
819 Email example::
820
820
821 [email]
821 [email]
822 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
822 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
823 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
823 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
824 # charsets for western Europeans
824 # charsets for western Europeans
825 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
825 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
826 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
826 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
827
827
828
828
829 ``extensions``
829 ``extensions``
830 --------------
830 --------------
831
831
832 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
832 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
833 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
833 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
834
834
835 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
835 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
836 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
836 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
837 after the ``=``.
837 after the ``=``.
838
838
839 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
839 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
840 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
840 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
841 defines the extension.
841 defines the extension.
842
842
843 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
843 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
844 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
844 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
845 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
845 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
846
846
847 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
847 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
848
848
849 [extensions]
849 [extensions]
850 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
850 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
851 churn =
851 churn =
852 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
852 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
853 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
853 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
854
854
855
855
856 ``format``
856 ``format``
857 ----------
857 ----------
858
858
859 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
859 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
860 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
860 powerful, but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
861 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
861 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
862 for config changes to be taken into account.
862 for config changes to be taken into account.
863
863
864 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
864 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
865 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
865 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
866
866
867 ``usegeneraldelta``
867 ``usegeneraldelta``
868 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
868 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
869 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
869 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store deltas against
870 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
870 arbitrary revisions instead of the previously stored one. This provides
871 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
871 significant improvement for repositories with branches.
872
872
873 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
873 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
874
874
875 Enabled by default.
875 Enabled by default.
876
876
877 ``dotencode``
877 ``dotencode``
878 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
878 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
879 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
879 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
880 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
880 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with "._" on
881 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
881 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
882
882
883 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
883 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
884
884
885 Enabled by default.
885 Enabled by default.
886
886
887 ``usefncache``
887 ``usefncache``
888 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
888 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
889 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
889 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
890 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
890 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
891 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
891 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
892
892
893 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
893 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
894
894
895 Enabled by default.
895 Enabled by default.
896
896
897 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
897 ``use-persistent-nodemap``
898 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
898 Enable or disable the "persistent-nodemap" feature which improves
899 performance if the rust extensions are available.
899 performance if the rust extensions are available.
900
900
901 The "persistence-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
901 The "persistence-nodemap" persist the "node -> rev" on disk removing the
902 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
902 need to dynamically build that mapping for each Mercurial invocation. This
903 significantly reduce the startup cost of various local and server-side
903 significantly reduce the startup cost of various local and server-side
904 operation for larger repository.
904 operation for larger repository.
905
905
906 The performance improving version of this feature is currently only
906 The performance improving version of this feature is currently only
907 implemented in Rust, so people using a version of Mercurial compiled
907 implemented in Rust, so people using a version of Mercurial compiled
908 without the Rust part might actually suffer some slowdown.
908 without the Rust part might actually suffer some slowdown.
909
909
910 Repository with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.4 or above.
910 Repository with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.4 or above.
911
911
912 Disabled by default.
912 Disabled by default.
913
913
914 ``usestore``
914 ``usestore``
915 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
915 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
916 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
916 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
917 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
917 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
918 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
918 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
919
919
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
920 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
921
921
922 Enabled by default.
922 Enabled by default.
923
923
924 ``sparse-revlog``
924 ``sparse-revlog``
925 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
925 Enable or disable the ``sparse-revlog`` delta strategy. This format improves
926 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
926 delta re-use inside revlog. For very branchy repositories, it results in a
927 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
927 smaller store. For repositories with many revisions, it also helps
928 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
928 performance (by using shortened delta chains.)
929
929
930 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
930 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 4.7
931
931
932 Enabled by default.
932 Enabled by default.
933
933
934 ``revlog-compression``
934 ``revlog-compression``
935 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
935 Compression algorithm used by revlog. Supported values are `zlib` and
936 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
936 `zstd`. The `zlib` engine is the historical default of Mercurial. `zstd` is
937 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
937 a newer format that is usually a net win over `zlib`, operating faster at
938 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
938 better compression rates. Use `zstd` to reduce CPU usage. Multiple values
939 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
939 can be specified, the first available one will be used.
940
940
941 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
941 On some systems, the Mercurial installation may lack `zstd` support.
942
942
943 Default is `zlib`.
943 Default is `zlib`.
944
944
945 ``bookmarks-in-store``
945 ``bookmarks-in-store``
946 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
946 Store bookmarks in .hg/store/. This means that bookmarks are shared when
947 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
947 using `hg share` regardless of the `-B` option.
948
948
949 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
949 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 5.1.
950
950
951 Disabled by default.
951 Disabled by default.
952
952
953
953
954 ``graph``
954 ``graph``
955 ---------
955 ---------
956
956
957 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
957 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
958 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
958 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
959 ``default`` branch stand out.
959 ``default`` branch stand out.
960
960
961 Each line has the following format::
961 Each line has the following format::
962
962
963 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
963 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
964
964
965 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
965 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
966 customized. Example::
966 customized. Example::
967
967
968 [graph]
968 [graph]
969 # 2px width
969 # 2px width
970 default.width = 2
970 default.width = 2
971 # red color
971 # red color
972 default.color = FF0000
972 default.color = FF0000
973
973
974 Supported arguments:
974 Supported arguments:
975
975
976 ``width``
976 ``width``
977 Set branch edges width in pixels.
977 Set branch edges width in pixels.
978
978
979 ``color``
979 ``color``
980 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
980 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
981
981
982 ``hooks``
982 ``hooks``
983 ---------
983 ---------
984
984
985 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
985 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
986 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
986 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
987 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
987 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
988 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
988 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
989 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
989 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
990 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
990 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
991 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
991 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
992
992
993 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
993 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
994
994
995 [hooks]
995 [hooks]
996 # update working directory after adding changesets
996 # update working directory after adding changesets
997 changegroup.update = hg update
997 changegroup.update = hg update
998 # do not use the site-wide hook
998 # do not use the site-wide hook
999 incoming =
999 incoming =
1000 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1000 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
1001 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1001 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1002 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1002 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
1003 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1003 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
1004
1004
1005 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1005 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
1006 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1006 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
1007 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1007 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
1008 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1008 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
1009 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1009 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
1010 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1010 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
1011 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1011 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
1012
1012
1013 .. container:: windows
1013 .. container:: windows
1014
1014
1015 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1015 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
1016 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1016 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
1017 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1017 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
1018 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1018 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
1019 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1019 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
1020 double quotes after processing.
1020 double quotes after processing.
1021
1021
1022 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1022 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
1023 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1023 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
1024
1024
1025 [hooks]
1025 [hooks]
1026 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1026 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
1027 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1027 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
1028 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1028 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
1029
1029
1030 ``changegroup``
1030 ``changegroup``
1031 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1031 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
1032 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1032 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
1033 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1033 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
1034
1034
1035 ``commit``
1035 ``commit``
1036 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1036 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
1037 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1037 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
1038 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1038 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1039
1039
1040 ``incoming``
1040 ``incoming``
1041 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1041 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
1042 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1042 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
1043 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1043 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1044
1044
1045 ``outgoing``
1045 ``outgoing``
1046 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1046 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
1047 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1047 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
1048 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1048 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
1049
1049
1050 ``post-<command>``
1050 ``post-<command>``
1051 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1051 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
1052 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1052 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
1053 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1053 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
1054 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1054 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
1055 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1055 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
1056 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1056 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
1057 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1057 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
1058
1058
1059 ``fail-<command>``
1059 ``fail-<command>``
1060 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1060 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
1061 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1061 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
1062 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1062 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
1063 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1063 string representations of the python data internally passed to
1064 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1064 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
1065 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1065 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
1066 Hook failure is ignored.
1066 Hook failure is ignored.
1067
1067
1068 ``pre-<command>``
1068 ``pre-<command>``
1069 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1069 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
1070 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1070 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
1071 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1071 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
1072 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1072 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
1073 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1073 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
1074 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1074 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
1075 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1075 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
1076 code.
1076 code.
1077
1077
1078 ``prechangegroup``
1078 ``prechangegroup``
1079 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1079 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
1080 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1080 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
1081 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1081 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
1082 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1082 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
1083
1083
1084 ``precommit``
1084 ``precommit``
1085 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1085 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
1086 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1086 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
1087 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1087 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1088
1088
1089 ``prelistkeys``
1089 ``prelistkeys``
1090 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1090 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
1091 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1091 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
1092 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1092 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
1093
1093
1094 ``preoutgoing``
1094 ``preoutgoing``
1095 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1095 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
1096 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1096 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
1097 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1097 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
1098 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1098 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
1099 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1099 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
1100 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1100 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
1101 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1101 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
1102 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1102 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
1103
1103
1104 ``prepushkey``
1104 ``prepushkey``
1105 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1105 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1106 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1106 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
1107 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1107 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
1108 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1108 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
1109 ``$HG_NEW``.
1109 ``$HG_NEW``.
1110
1110
1111 ``pretag``
1111 ``pretag``
1112 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1112 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1113 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1113 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1114 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1114 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1115 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1115 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1116
1116
1117 ``pretxnopen``
1117 ``pretxnopen``
1118 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1118 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1119 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1119 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1120 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1120 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1121 transaction from being opened.
1121 transaction from being opened.
1122
1122
1123 ``pretxnclose``
1123 ``pretxnclose``
1124 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1124 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1125 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1125 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1126 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1126 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1127 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1127 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1128 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1128 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1129 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1129 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1130 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1130 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1131 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1131 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1132 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1132 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1133 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1133 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1134 respectively, etc.
1134 respectively, etc.
1135
1135
1136 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1136 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1137 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1137 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1138 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1138 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1139 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1139 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1140 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1140 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1141 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1141 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1142 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1142 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1143 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1143 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1144 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1144 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1145 will be empty.
1145 will be empty.
1146 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1146 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1147 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1147 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1148 ``HG_TXNID``.
1148 ``HG_TXNID``.
1149
1149
1150 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1150 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1151 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1151 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1152 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1152 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1153 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1153 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1154 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1154 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1155 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1155 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1156 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1156 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1157 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1157 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1158 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1158 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1159 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1159 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1160 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1160 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1161 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1161 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1162
1162
1163 ``txnclose``
1163 ``txnclose``
1164 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1164 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1165 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1165 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1166 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1166 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1167 details about available variables.
1167 details about available variables.
1168
1168
1169 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1169 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1170 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1170 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1171 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1171 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1172 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1172 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1173 about available variables.
1173 about available variables.
1174
1174
1175 ``txnclose-phase``
1175 ``txnclose-phase``
1176 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1176 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1177 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1177 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1178 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1178 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1179 available variables.
1179 available variables.
1180
1180
1181 ``txnabort``
1181 ``txnabort``
1182 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1182 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1183 for details about available variables.
1183 for details about available variables.
1184
1184
1185 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1185 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1186 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1186 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1187 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1187 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1188 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1188 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1189 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1189 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1190 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1190 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1191 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1191 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1192 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1192 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1193
1193
1194 ``pretxncommit``
1194 ``pretxncommit``
1195 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1195 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1196 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1196 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1197 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1197 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1198 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1198 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1199 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1199 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1200 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1200 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1201
1201
1202 ``preupdate``
1202 ``preupdate``
1203 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1203 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1204 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1204 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1205 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1205 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1206 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1206 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1207
1207
1208 ``listkeys``
1208 ``listkeys``
1209 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1209 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1210 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1210 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1211 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1211 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1212
1212
1213 ``pushkey``
1213 ``pushkey``
1214 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1214 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1215 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1215 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1216 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1216 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1217 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1217 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1218
1218
1219 ``tag``
1219 ``tag``
1220 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1220 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1221 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1221 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1222 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1222 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1223
1223
1224 ``update``
1224 ``update``
1225 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1225 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1226 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1226 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1227 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1227 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1228 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1228 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1229
1229
1230 .. note::
1230 .. note::
1231
1231
1232 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1232 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1233 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1233 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1234 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1234 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1235 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1235 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1236 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1236 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1237
1237
1238 .. note::
1238 .. note::
1239
1239
1240 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1240 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1241 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1241 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1242 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1242 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1243 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1243 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1244
1244
1245 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1245 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1246
1246
1247 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1247 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1248 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1248 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1249
1249
1250 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1250 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1251 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1251 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1252 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1252 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1253 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1253 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1254 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1254 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1255 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1255 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1256
1256
1257 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1257 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1258 is treated as a failure.
1258 is treated as a failure.
1259
1259
1260
1260
1261 ``hostfingerprints``
1261 ``hostfingerprints``
1262 --------------------
1262 --------------------
1263
1263
1264 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1264 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1265
1265
1266 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1266 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1267
1267
1268 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1268 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1269 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1269 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1270 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1270 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1271
1271
1272 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1272 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1273 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1273 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1274 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1274 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1275 to a new certificate.
1275 to a new certificate.
1276
1276
1277 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1277 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1278
1278
1279 For example::
1279 For example::
1280
1280
1281 [hostfingerprints]
1281 [hostfingerprints]
1282 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1282 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1283 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1283 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1284
1284
1285 ``hostsecurity``
1285 ``hostsecurity``
1286 ----------------
1286 ----------------
1287
1287
1288 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1288 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1289 other machines.
1289 other machines.
1290
1290
1291 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1291 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1292
1292
1293 ``ciphers``
1293 ``ciphers``
1294 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1294 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1295
1295
1296 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1296 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1297 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1297 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1298
1298
1299 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1299 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1300 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1300 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1301 You have been warned.
1301 You have been warned.
1302
1302
1303 This option requires Python 2.7.
1303 This option requires Python 2.7.
1304
1304
1305 ``minimumprotocol``
1305 ``minimumprotocol``
1306 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1306 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1307
1307
1308 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1308 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1309 is used.
1309 is used.
1310
1310
1311 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1311 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1312
1312
1313 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1313 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1314 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1314 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1315
1315
1316 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1316 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1317 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1317 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1318 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1318 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1319 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1319 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1320
1320
1321 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1321 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1322 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1322 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1323 per-host basis.
1323 per-host basis.
1324
1324
1325 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1325 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1326
1326
1327 ``ciphers``
1327 ``ciphers``
1328 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1328 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1329 to the host on which it is defined.
1329 to the host on which it is defined.
1330
1330
1331 ``fingerprints``
1331 ``fingerprints``
1332 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1332 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1333 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1333 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1334 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1334 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1335 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1335 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1336
1336
1337 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1337 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1338 ``sha512``.
1338 ``sha512``.
1339
1339
1340 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1340 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1341
1341
1342 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1342 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1343 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1343 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1344 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1344 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1345 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1345 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1346 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1346 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1347 at the expense of convenience.
1347 at the expense of convenience.
1348
1348
1349 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1349 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1350
1350
1351 ``minimumprotocol``
1351 ``minimumprotocol``
1352 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1352 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1353 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1353 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1354
1354
1355 ``verifycertsfile``
1355 ``verifycertsfile``
1356 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1356 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1357 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1357 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1358 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1358 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1359
1359
1360 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1360 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1361 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1361 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1362 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1362 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1363
1363
1364 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1364 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1365 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1365 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1366 used.
1366 used.
1367
1367
1368 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1368 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1369 is set.
1369 is set.
1370
1370
1371 The format of the file is as follows::
1371 The format of the file is as follows::
1372
1372
1373 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1373 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1374 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1374 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1375 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1375 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1376 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1376 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1377 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1377 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1378 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1378 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1379
1379
1380 For example::
1380 For example::
1381
1381
1382 [hostsecurity]
1382 [hostsecurity]
1383 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1383 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1384 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1384 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1385 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1385 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1386 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1386 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1387
1387
1388 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1388 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1389 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1389 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1390
1390
1391 [hostsecurity]
1391 [hostsecurity]
1392 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1392 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1393 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1393 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1394
1394
1395 ``http_proxy``
1395 ``http_proxy``
1396 --------------
1396 --------------
1397
1397
1398 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1398 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1399 proxy.
1399 proxy.
1400
1400
1401 ``host``
1401 ``host``
1402 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1402 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1403 "myproxy:8000".
1403 "myproxy:8000".
1404
1404
1405 ``no``
1405 ``no``
1406 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1406 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1407 the proxy.
1407 the proxy.
1408
1408
1409 ``passwd``
1409 ``passwd``
1410 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1410 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1411
1411
1412 ``user``
1412 ``user``
1413 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1413 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1414
1414
1415 ``always``
1415 ``always``
1416 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1416 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1417 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1417 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1418
1418
1419 ``http``
1419 ``http``
1420 ----------
1420 ----------
1421
1421
1422 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1422 Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP.
1423
1423
1424 ``timeout``
1424 ``timeout``
1425 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1425 If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds.
1426 (default: None)
1426 (default: None)
1427
1427
1428 ``merge``
1428 ``merge``
1429 ---------
1429 ---------
1430
1430
1431 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1431 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1432
1432
1433 ``checkignored``
1433 ``checkignored``
1434 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1434 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1435 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1435 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1436 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1436 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1437 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1437 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1438 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1438 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1439 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1439 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1440
1440
1441 ``checkunknown``
1441 ``checkunknown``
1442 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1442 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1443 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1443 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1444 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1444 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1445 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1445 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1446
1446
1447 ``on-failure``
1447 ``on-failure``
1448 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1448 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1449 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1449 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1450 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1450 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1451 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1451 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1452 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1452 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1453 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1453 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1454 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1454 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1455 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1455 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1456 (default: ``continue``)
1456 (default: ``continue``)
1457
1457
1458 ``strict-capability-check``
1458 ``strict-capability-check``
1459 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1459 Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly
1460 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1460 or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used.
1461 (default: False)
1461 (default: False)
1462
1462
1463 ``merge-patterns``
1463 ``merge-patterns``
1464 ------------------
1464 ------------------
1465
1465
1466 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1466 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1467 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1467 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1468 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1468 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1469 root.
1469 root.
1470
1470
1471 Example::
1471 Example::
1472
1472
1473 [merge-patterns]
1473 [merge-patterns]
1474 **.c = kdiff3
1474 **.c = kdiff3
1475 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1475 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1476
1476
1477 ``merge-tools``
1477 ``merge-tools``
1478 ---------------
1478 ---------------
1479
1479
1480 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1480 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1481 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1481 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1482 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1482 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1483 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1483 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1484
1484
1485 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1485 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1486
1486
1487 [merge-tools]
1487 [merge-tools]
1488 # Override stock tool location
1488 # Override stock tool location
1489 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1489 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1490 # Specify command line
1490 # Specify command line
1491 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1491 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1492 # Give higher priority
1492 # Give higher priority
1493 kdiff3.priority = 1
1493 kdiff3.priority = 1
1494
1494
1495 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1495 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1496 meld.priority = 0
1496 meld.priority = 0
1497
1497
1498 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1498 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1499 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1499 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1500
1500
1501 # Define new tool
1501 # Define new tool
1502 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1502 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1503 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1503 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1504 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1504 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1505
1505
1506 Supported arguments:
1506 Supported arguments:
1507
1507
1508 ``priority``
1508 ``priority``
1509 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1509 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1510 (default: 0)
1510 (default: 0)
1511
1511
1512 ``executable``
1512 ``executable``
1513 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1513 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1514
1514
1515 .. container:: windows
1515 .. container:: windows
1516
1516
1517 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1517 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1518 syntax.
1518 syntax.
1519
1519
1520 (default: the tool name)
1520 (default: the tool name)
1521
1521
1522 ``args``
1522 ``args``
1523 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1523 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1524 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1524 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1525 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1525 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1526
1526
1527 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1527 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1528 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1528 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1529 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1529 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1530 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1530 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1531 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1531 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1532
1532
1533 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1533 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1534 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1534 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1535 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1535 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1536 respectively.
1536 respectively.
1537 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1537 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1538
1538
1539 ``premerge``
1539 ``premerge``
1540 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1540 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1541 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1541 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep``,
1542 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1542 ``keep-merge3``, or ``keep-mergediff`` (experimental). The ``keep`` option
1543 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1543 will leave markers in the file if the premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3``
1544 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1544 will do the same but include information about the base of the merge in the
1545 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1545 marker (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). The
1546 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1546 ``keep-mergediff`` option is similar but uses a different marker style
1547 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1547 (see internal :merge3 in :hg:`help merge-tools`). (default: True)
1548
1548
1549 ``binary``
1549 ``binary``
1550 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1550 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1551 was selected by file pattern match)
1551 was selected by file pattern match)
1552
1552
1553 ``symlink``
1553 ``symlink``
1554 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1554 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1555
1555
1556 ``check``
1556 ``check``
1557 A list of merge success-checking options:
1557 A list of merge success-checking options:
1558
1558
1559 ``changed``
1559 ``changed``
1560 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1560 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1561 ``conflicts``
1561 ``conflicts``
1562 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1562 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1563 ``prompt``
1563 ``prompt``
1564 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1564 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1565
1565
1566 ``fixeol``
1566 ``fixeol``
1567 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1567 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1568 (default: False)
1568 (default: False)
1569
1569
1570 ``gui``
1570 ``gui``
1571 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1571 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1572
1572
1573 ``mergemarkers``
1573 ``mergemarkers``
1574 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1574 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1575 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1575 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1576 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1576 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1577 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1577 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1578 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1578 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1579 (default: ``basic``)
1579 (default: ``basic``)
1580
1580
1581 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1581 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1582 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1582 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarker`` from the
1583 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1583 ``[command-templates]`` section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the
1584 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1584 ``$label``-prefixed variables and to the conflict markers that are generated
1585 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1585 if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable
1586 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1586 in ``[ui]`` for more information.
1587
1587
1588 .. container:: windows
1588 .. container:: windows
1589
1589
1590 ``regkey``
1590 ``regkey``
1591 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1591 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1592 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1592 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1593 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1593 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1594 (default: None)
1594 (default: None)
1595
1595
1596 ``regkeyalt``
1596 ``regkeyalt``
1597 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1597 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1598 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1598 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1599 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1599 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1600 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1600 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1601 (default: None)
1601 (default: None)
1602
1602
1603 ``regname``
1603 ``regname``
1604 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1604 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1605 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1605 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1606
1606
1607 ``regappend``
1607 ``regappend``
1608 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1608 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1609 the executable name of the tool.
1609 the executable name of the tool.
1610 (default: None)
1610 (default: None)
1611
1611
1612 ``pager``
1612 ``pager``
1613 ---------
1613 ---------
1614
1614
1615 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1615 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1616 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1616 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1617
1617
1618 ``pager``
1618 ``pager``
1619 Define the external tool used as pager.
1619 Define the external tool used as pager.
1620
1620
1621 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1621 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1622 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1622 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1623 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1623 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1624
1624
1625 [pager]
1625 [pager]
1626 pager = less -FRX
1626 pager = less -FRX
1627
1627
1628 ``ignore``
1628 ``ignore``
1629 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1629 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1630
1630
1631 [pager]
1631 [pager]
1632 ignore = version, help, update
1632 ignore = version, help, update
1633
1633
1634 ``patch``
1634 ``patch``
1635 ---------
1635 ---------
1636
1636
1637 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1637 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1638 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1638 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1639
1639
1640 ``eol``
1640 ``eol``
1641 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1641 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1642 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1642 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1643 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1643 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1644 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1644 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1645 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1645 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1646 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1646 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1647 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1647 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1648 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1648 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1649 (default: strict)
1649 (default: strict)
1650
1650
1651 ``fuzz``
1651 ``fuzz``
1652 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1652 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1653 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1653 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1654 trying to apply a patch.
1654 trying to apply a patch.
1655 (default: 2)
1655 (default: 2)
1656
1656
1657 ``paths``
1657 ``paths``
1658 ---------
1658 ---------
1659
1659
1660 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1660 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1661
1661
1662 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1662 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1663 location of the repository. Example::
1663 location of the repository. Example::
1664
1664
1665 [paths]
1665 [paths]
1666 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1666 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1667 local_path = /home/me/repo
1667 local_path = /home/me/repo
1668
1668
1669 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1669 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1670 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1670 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1671 :hg:`push local_path`.
1671 :hg:`push local_path`.
1672
1672
1673 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1673 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1674 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1674 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1675
1675
1676 [paths]
1676 [paths]
1677 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1677 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1678 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1678 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1679
1679
1680 The following sub-options can be defined:
1680 The following sub-options can be defined:
1681
1681
1682 ``pushurl``
1682 ``pushurl``
1683 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1683 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1684 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1684 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1685
1685
1686 ``pushrev``
1686 ``pushrev``
1687 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1687 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1688
1688
1689 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1689 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1690 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1690 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1691
1691
1692 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1692 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1693 revision by default.
1693 revision by default.
1694
1694
1695 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1695 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1696 pushed.
1696 pushed.
1697
1697
1698 The following special named paths exist:
1698 The following special named paths exist:
1699
1699
1700 ``default``
1700 ``default``
1701 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1701 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1702
1702
1703 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1703 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1704 repository was cloned from.
1704 repository was cloned from.
1705
1705
1706 ``default-push``
1706 ``default-push``
1707 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1707 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1708 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1708 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1709
1709
1710 ``phases``
1710 ``phases``
1711 ----------
1711 ----------
1712
1712
1713 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1713 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1714 information about working with phases.
1714 information about working with phases.
1715
1715
1716 ``publish``
1716 ``publish``
1717 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1717 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1718 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1718 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1719 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1719 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1720 (default: True)
1720 (default: True)
1721
1721
1722 ``new-commit``
1722 ``new-commit``
1723 Phase of newly-created commits.
1723 Phase of newly-created commits.
1724 (default: draft)
1724 (default: draft)
1725
1725
1726 ``checksubrepos``
1726 ``checksubrepos``
1727 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1727 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1728 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1728 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1729 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1729 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1730 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1730 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1731 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1731 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1732 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1732 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1733 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1733 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1734 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1734 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1735 (default: follow)
1735 (default: follow)
1736
1736
1737
1737
1738 ``profiling``
1738 ``profiling``
1739 -------------
1739 -------------
1740
1740
1741 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1741 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1742 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1742 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1743 profiler (named ``stat``).
1743 profiler (named ``stat``).
1744
1744
1745 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1745 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1746 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1746 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1747 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1747 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1748
1748
1749 ``enabled``
1749 ``enabled``
1750 Enable the profiler.
1750 Enable the profiler.
1751 (default: false)
1751 (default: false)
1752
1752
1753 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1753 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1754
1754
1755 ``type``
1755 ``type``
1756 The type of profiler to use.
1756 The type of profiler to use.
1757 (default: stat)
1757 (default: stat)
1758
1758
1759 ``ls``
1759 ``ls``
1760 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1760 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1761 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1761 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1762 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1762 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1763 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1763 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1764 ``stat``
1764 ``stat``
1765 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1765 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1766 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1766 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1767 seconds.
1767 seconds.
1768
1768
1769 ``format``
1769 ``format``
1770 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1770 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1771 (default: text)
1771 (default: text)
1772
1772
1773 ``text``
1773 ``text``
1774 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1774 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1775 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1775 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1776 not kept.
1776 not kept.
1777 ``kcachegrind``
1777 ``kcachegrind``
1778 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1778 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1779 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1779 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1780 kcachegrind.
1780 kcachegrind.
1781
1781
1782 ``statformat``
1782 ``statformat``
1783 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1783 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1784 (default: hotpath)
1784 (default: hotpath)
1785
1785
1786 ``hotpath``
1786 ``hotpath``
1787 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1787 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1788 most time was spent).
1788 most time was spent).
1789 ``bymethod``
1789 ``bymethod``
1790 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1790 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1791 ``byline``
1791 ``byline``
1792 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1792 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1793 ``json``
1793 ``json``
1794 Render profiling data as JSON.
1794 Render profiling data as JSON.
1795
1795
1796 ``frequency``
1796 ``frequency``
1797 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1797 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1798 (default: 1000)
1798 (default: 1000)
1799
1799
1800 ``output``
1800 ``output``
1801 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1801 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1802 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1802 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1803 stderr)
1803 stderr)
1804
1804
1805 ``sort``
1805 ``sort``
1806 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1806 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1807 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1807 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1808 ``inlinetime``.
1808 ``inlinetime``.
1809 (default: inlinetime)
1809 (default: inlinetime)
1810
1810
1811 ``time-track``
1811 ``time-track``
1812 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1812 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1813 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1813 (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``)
1814
1814
1815 ``limit``
1815 ``limit``
1816 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1816 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1817 (default: 30)
1817 (default: 30)
1818
1818
1819 ``nested``
1819 ``nested``
1820 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1820 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1821 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1821 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1822 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1822 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1823 (default: 0)
1823 (default: 0)
1824
1824
1825 ``showmin``
1825 ``showmin``
1826 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1826 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1827 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1827 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1828 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1828 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1829
1829
1830 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1830 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1831
1831
1832 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1832 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1833 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1833 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1834
1834
1835 The option is unused on other formats.
1835 The option is unused on other formats.
1836
1836
1837 ``showmax``
1837 ``showmax``
1838 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1838 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1839 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1839 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1840
1840
1841 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1841 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1842
1842
1843 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1843 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1844
1844
1845 The option is unused on other formats.
1845 The option is unused on other formats.
1846
1846
1847 ``showtime``
1847 ``showtime``
1848 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1848 Show time taken as absolute durations, in addition to percentages.
1849 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1849 Only used by the ``hotpath`` format.
1850 (default: true)
1850 (default: true)
1851
1851
1852 ``progress``
1852 ``progress``
1853 ------------
1853 ------------
1854
1854
1855 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1855 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1856 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1856 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1857 have a definite end point.
1857 have a definite end point.
1858
1858
1859 ``debug``
1859 ``debug``
1860 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1860 Whether to print debug info when updating the progress bar. (default: False)
1861
1861
1862 ``delay``
1862 ``delay``
1863 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1863 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1864
1864
1865 ``changedelay``
1865 ``changedelay``
1866 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1866 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1867 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1867 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1868
1868
1869 ``estimateinterval``
1869 ``estimateinterval``
1870 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1870 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1871 calculation. (default: 60)
1871 calculation. (default: 60)
1872
1872
1873 ``refresh``
1873 ``refresh``
1874 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1874 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1875
1875
1876 ``format``
1876 ``format``
1877 Format of the progress bar.
1877 Format of the progress bar.
1878
1878
1879 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1879 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1880 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1880 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1881 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1881 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1882 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1882 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1883 first num characters.
1883 first num characters.
1884
1884
1885 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1885 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1886
1886
1887 ``width``
1887 ``width``
1888 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1888 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1889 term width) will be used).
1889 term width) will be used).
1890
1890
1891 ``clear-complete``
1891 ``clear-complete``
1892 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1892 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1893
1893
1894 ``disable``
1894 ``disable``
1895 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1895 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1896
1896
1897 ``assume-tty``
1897 ``assume-tty``
1898 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1898 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1899
1899
1900 ``rebase``
1900 ``rebase``
1901 ----------
1901 ----------
1902
1902
1903 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1903 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1904 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1904 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1905 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1905 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1906
1906
1907 ``revsetalias``
1907 ``revsetalias``
1908 ---------------
1908 ---------------
1909
1909
1910 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1910 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1911
1911
1912 ``rewrite``
1912 ``rewrite``
1913 -----------
1913 -----------
1914
1914
1915 ``backup-bundle``
1915 ``backup-bundle``
1916 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1916 Whether to save stripped changesets to a bundle file. (default: True)
1917
1917
1918 ``update-timestamp``
1918 ``update-timestamp``
1919 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1919 If true, updates the date and time of the changeset to current. It is only
1920 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1920 applicable for `hg amend`, `hg commit --amend` and `hg uncommit` in the
1921 current version.
1921 current version.
1922
1922
1923 ``empty-successor``
1923 ``empty-successor``
1924
1924
1925 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1925 Control what happens with empty successors that are the result of rewrite
1926 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1926 operations. If set to ``skip``, the successor is not created. If set to
1927 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1927 ``keep``, the empty successor is created and kept.
1928
1928
1929 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1929 Currently, only the rebase and absorb commands consider this configuration.
1930 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1930 (EXPERIMENTAL)
1931
1931
1932 ``storage``
1932 ``storage``
1933 -----------
1933 -----------
1934
1934
1935 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1935 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1936 category impact performance and repository size.
1936 category impact performance and repository size.
1937
1937
1938 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1938 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1939 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1939 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1940 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1940 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1941 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1941 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1942
1942
1943 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1943 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1944 repository with many merges.
1944 repository with many merges.
1945
1945
1946 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
1946 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.mmap``
1947 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
1947 Whether to use the Operating System "memory mapping" feature (when
1948 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
1948 possible) to access the persistent nodemap data. This improve performance
1949 and reduce memory pressure.
1949 and reduce memory pressure.
1950
1950
1951 Default to True.
1951 Default to True.
1952
1952
1953 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
1953 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
1954 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
1954 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
1955
1955
1956 ``revlog.persistent-nodemap.slow-path``
1957 Control the behavior of Merucrial when using a repository with "persistent"
1958 nodemap with an installation of Mercurial without a fast implementation for
1959 the feature:
1960
1961 ``allow``: Silently use the slower implementation to access the repository.
1962
1963 Default to "allow"
1964
1965 For details on the "persistent-nodemap" feature, see:
1966 :hg:`help config format.use-persistent-nodemap`.
1967
1956 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1968 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent``
1957 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1969 Control the order in which delta parents are considered when adding new
1958 revisions from an external source.
1970 revisions from an external source.
1959 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1971 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1960
1972
1961 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1973 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against other revisions. By
1962 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1974 default, Mercurial will try to reuse this delta first, therefore using the
1963 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1975 same "delta parent" as the source. Directly using delta's from the source
1964 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1976 reduces CPU usage and usually speeds up operation. However, in some case,
1965 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1977 the source might have sub-optimal delta bases and forcing their reevaluation
1966 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1978 is useful. For example, pushes from an old client could have sub-optimal
1967 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1979 delta's parent that the server want to optimize. (lack of general delta, bad
1968 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1980 parents, choice, lack of sparse-revlog, etc).
1969
1981
1970 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1982 This option is enabled by default. Turning it off will ensure bad delta
1971 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1983 parent choices from older client do not propagate to this repository, at
1972 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1984 the cost of a small increase in CPU consumption.
1973
1985
1974 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1986 Note: this option only control the order in which delta parents are
1975 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1987 considered. Even when disabled, the existing delta from the source will be
1976 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1988 reused if the same delta parent is selected.
1977
1989
1978 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1990 ``revlog.reuse-external-delta``
1979 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1991 Control the reuse of delta from external source.
1980 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1992 (typically: apply bundle from `hg pull` or `hg push`).
1981
1993
1982 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1994 New revisions are usually provided as a delta against another revision. By
1983 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1995 default, Mercurial will not recompute the same delta again, trusting
1984 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1996 externally provided deltas. There have been rare cases of small adjustment
1985 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1997 to the diffing algorithm in the past. So in some rare case, recomputing
1986 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1998 delta provided by ancient clients can provides better results. Disabling
1987 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1999 this option means going through a full delta recomputation for all incoming
1988 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
2000 revisions. It means a large increase in CPU usage and will slow operations
1989 down.
2001 down.
1990
2002
1991 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
2003 This option is enabled by default. When disabled, it also disables the
1992 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
2004 related ``storage.revlog.reuse-external-delta-parent`` option.
1993
2005
1994 ``revlog.zlib.level``
2006 ``revlog.zlib.level``
1995 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2007 Zlib compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
1996 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
2008 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 9 (highest compression). Zlib
1997 default value is 6.
2009 default value is 6.
1998
2010
1999
2011
2000 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2012 ``revlog.zstd.level``
2001 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2013 zstd compression level used when storing data into the repository. Accepted
2002 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2014 Value range from 1 (lowest compression) to 22 (highest compression).
2003 (default 3)
2015 (default 3)
2004
2016
2005 ``server``
2017 ``server``
2006 ----------
2018 ----------
2007
2019
2008 Controls generic server settings.
2020 Controls generic server settings.
2009
2021
2010 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2022 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
2011 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2023 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
2012 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2024 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
2013
2025
2014 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2026 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
2015 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2027 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
2016 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2028 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
2017
2029
2018 ``compressionengines``
2030 ``compressionengines``
2019 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2031 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
2020 to clients.
2032 to clients.
2021
2033
2022 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2034 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
2023 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2035 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
2024 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2036 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
2025
2037
2026 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2038 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
2027 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2039 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
2028 default wire protocol priority.
2040 default wire protocol priority.
2029
2041
2030 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2042 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
2031 has no effect for legacy clients.
2043 has no effect for legacy clients.
2032
2044
2033 ``uncompressed``
2045 ``uncompressed``
2034 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2046 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
2035 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2047 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
2036 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2048 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
2037 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2049 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
2038 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2050 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
2039 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2051 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
2040 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2052 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
2041 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2053 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
2042 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2054 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
2043 (default: True)
2055 (default: True)
2044
2056
2045 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2057 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
2046 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2058 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
2047 changesets. (default: False)
2059 changesets. (default: False)
2048
2060
2049 ``preferuncompressed``
2061 ``preferuncompressed``
2050 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2062 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
2051 protocol. (default: False)
2063 protocol. (default: False)
2052
2064
2053 ``disablefullbundle``
2065 ``disablefullbundle``
2054 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2066 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
2055 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2067 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
2056 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2068 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
2057 (default: False)
2069 (default: False)
2058
2070
2059 ``streamunbundle``
2071 ``streamunbundle``
2060 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2072 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
2061 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2073 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
2062 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2074 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
2063
2075
2064 ``pullbundle``
2076 ``pullbundle``
2065 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2077 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
2066 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2078 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
2067 entry will be streamed to the client.
2079 entry will be streamed to the client.
2068
2080
2069 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2081 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
2070 for older clients.
2082 for older clients.
2071
2083
2072 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2084 ``concurrent-push-mode``
2073 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2085 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
2074
2086
2075 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2087 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
2076 while the push was preparing.
2088 while the push was preparing.
2077 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2089 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
2078 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2090 affected while the push was preparing. (default since 5.4)
2079
2091
2080 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2092 'check-related' only takes effect for compatible clients (version
2081 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2093 4.3 and later). Older clients will use 'strict'.
2082
2094
2083 ``validate``
2095 ``validate``
2084 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2096 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
2085 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2097 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
2086 present. (default: False)
2098 present. (default: False)
2087
2099
2088 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2100 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
2089 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2101 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
2090 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2102 many bytes. (default: 1024)
2091
2103
2092 ``bundle1``
2104 ``bundle1``
2093 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2105 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
2094 exchange format. (default: True)
2106 exchange format. (default: True)
2095
2107
2096 ``bundle1gd``
2108 ``bundle1gd``
2097 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2109 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
2098 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2110 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2099
2111
2100 ``bundle1.push``
2112 ``bundle1.push``
2101 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2113 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2102 format. (default: True)
2114 format. (default: True)
2103
2115
2104 ``bundle1gd.push``
2116 ``bundle1gd.push``
2105 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2117 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
2106 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2118 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2107
2119
2108 ``bundle1.pull``
2120 ``bundle1.pull``
2109 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2121 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
2110 format. (default: True)
2122 format. (default: True)
2111
2123
2112 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2124 ``bundle1gd.pull``
2113 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2125 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
2114 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2126 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
2115
2127
2116 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2128 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
2117 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2129 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
2118 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2130 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
2119 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2131 format can consume a lot of CPU.
2120
2132
2121 ``bundle2.stream``
2133 ``bundle2.stream``
2122 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2134 Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol.
2123 (default: True)
2135 (default: True)
2124
2136
2125 ``zliblevel``
2137 ``zliblevel``
2126 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2138 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
2127 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2139 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
2128 commands that send repository history data).
2140 commands that send repository history data).
2129
2141
2130 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2142 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
2131 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2143 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
2132 maximum compression.
2144 maximum compression.
2133
2145
2134 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2146 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
2135 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2147 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
2136 but sends more bytes to clients.
2148 but sends more bytes to clients.
2137
2149
2138 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2150 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2139
2151
2140 ``zstdlevel``
2152 ``zstdlevel``
2141 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2153 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
2142 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2154 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
2143 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2155 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
2144
2156
2145 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2157 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
2146 delivering better compression ratios.
2158 delivering better compression ratios.
2147
2159
2148 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2160 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
2149
2161
2150 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2162 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
2151
2163
2152 ``view``
2164 ``view``
2153 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2165 Repository filter used when exchanging revisions with the peer.
2154
2166
2155 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2167 The default view (``served``) excludes secret and hidden changesets.
2156 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2168 Another useful value is ``immutable`` (no draft, secret or hidden
2157 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2169 changesets). (EXPERIMENTAL)
2158
2170
2159 ``smtp``
2171 ``smtp``
2160 --------
2172 --------
2161
2173
2162 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2174 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
2163
2175
2164 ``host``
2176 ``host``
2165 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2177 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
2166
2178
2167 ``port``
2179 ``port``
2168 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2180 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
2169 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2181 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
2170
2182
2171 ``tls``
2183 ``tls``
2172 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2184 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
2173 smtps or none. (default: none)
2185 smtps or none. (default: none)
2174
2186
2175 ``username``
2187 ``username``
2176 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2188 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
2177 (default: None)
2189 (default: None)
2178
2190
2179 ``password``
2191 ``password``
2180 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2192 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
2181 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2193 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
2182 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2194 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
2183
2195
2184 ``local_hostname``
2196 ``local_hostname``
2185 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2197 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
2186 itself to the MTA.
2198 itself to the MTA.
2187
2199
2188
2200
2189 ``subpaths``
2201 ``subpaths``
2190 ------------
2202 ------------
2191
2203
2192 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2204 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
2193 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2205 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
2194 rewrite rules of the form::
2206 rewrite rules of the form::
2195
2207
2196 <pattern> = <replacement>
2208 <pattern> = <replacement>
2197
2209
2198 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2210 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
2199 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2211 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
2200 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2212 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
2201 ``replacements``. For instance::
2213 ``replacements``. For instance::
2202
2214
2203 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2215 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
2204
2216
2205 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2217 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
2206
2218
2207 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2219 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
2208 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2220 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
2209 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2221 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
2210 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2222 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
2211
2223
2212 ``subrepos``
2224 ``subrepos``
2213 ------------
2225 ------------
2214
2226
2215 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2227 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
2216 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2228 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
2217
2229
2218 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2230 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
2219 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2231 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
2220 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2232 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
2221 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2233 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
2222 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2234 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
2223 the respective options below.
2235 the respective options below.
2224
2236
2225 ``allowed``
2237 ``allowed``
2226 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2238 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2227
2239
2228 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2240 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2229 will fail for all subrepository types.
2241 will fail for all subrepository types.
2230 (default: true)
2242 (default: true)
2231
2243
2232 ``hg:allowed``
2244 ``hg:allowed``
2233 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2245 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2234 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2246 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2235 is true.
2247 is true.
2236 (default: true)
2248 (default: true)
2237
2249
2238 ``git:allowed``
2250 ``git:allowed``
2239 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2251 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2240 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2252 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2241
2253
2242 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2254 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2243 (default: false)
2255 (default: false)
2244
2256
2245 ``svn:allowed``
2257 ``svn:allowed``
2246 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2258 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2247 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2259 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2248 is true.
2260 is true.
2249
2261
2250 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2262 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2251 (default: false)
2263 (default: false)
2252
2264
2253 ``templatealias``
2265 ``templatealias``
2254 -----------------
2266 -----------------
2255
2267
2256 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2268 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2257
2269
2258 ``templates``
2270 ``templates``
2259 -------------
2271 -------------
2260
2272
2261 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2273 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2262 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2274 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2263
2275
2264 ``trusted``
2276 ``trusted``
2265 -----------
2277 -----------
2266
2278
2267 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2279 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2268 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2280 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2269 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2281 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2270 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2282 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2271 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2283 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2272 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2284 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2273 section.
2285 section.
2274
2286
2275 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2287 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2276 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2288 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2277 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2289 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2278 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2290 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2279 user or service running Mercurial.
2291 user or service running Mercurial.
2280
2292
2281 ``users``
2293 ``users``
2282 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2294 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2283
2295
2284 ``groups``
2296 ``groups``
2285 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2297 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2286
2298
2287
2299
2288 ``ui``
2300 ``ui``
2289 ------
2301 ------
2290
2302
2291 User interface controls.
2303 User interface controls.
2292
2304
2293 ``archivemeta``
2305 ``archivemeta``
2294 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2306 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2295 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2307 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2296 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2308 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2297 (default: True)
2309 (default: True)
2298
2310
2299 ``askusername``
2311 ``askusername``
2300 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2312 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2301 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2313 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2302 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2314 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2303 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2315 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2304 (default: False)
2316 (default: False)
2305
2317
2306 ``clonebundles``
2318 ``clonebundles``
2307 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2319 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2308
2320
2309 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2321 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2310 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2322 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2311
2323
2312 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2324 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2313
2325
2314 (default: True)
2326 (default: True)
2315
2327
2316 ``clonebundlefallback``
2328 ``clonebundlefallback``
2317 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2329 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2318 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2330 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2319
2331
2320 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2332 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2321 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2333 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2322 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2334 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2323 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2335 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2324 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2336 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2325 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2337 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2326 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2338 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2327 fails.
2339 fails.
2328
2340
2329 (default: False)
2341 (default: False)
2330
2342
2331 ``clonebundleprefers``
2343 ``clonebundleprefers``
2332 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2344 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2333
2345
2334 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2346 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2335 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2347 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2336 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2348 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2337 bundle over another.
2349 bundle over another.
2338
2350
2339 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2351 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2340
2352
2341 BUNDLESPEC
2353 BUNDLESPEC
2342 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2354 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2343 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2355 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2344
2356
2345 COMPRESSION
2357 COMPRESSION
2346 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2358 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2347
2359
2348 Server operators may define custom keys.
2360 Server operators may define custom keys.
2349
2361
2350 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2362 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2351 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2363 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2352
2364
2353 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2365 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2354
2366
2355 ``color``
2367 ``color``
2356 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2368 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2357 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2369 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2358 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2370 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2359
2371
2360 ``commitsubrepos``
2372 ``commitsubrepos``
2361 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2373 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2362 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2374 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2363 changes, abort the commit.
2375 changes, abort the commit.
2364 (default: False)
2376 (default: False)
2365
2377
2366 ``debug``
2378 ``debug``
2367 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2379 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2368
2380
2369 ``editor``
2381 ``editor``
2370 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2382 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2371
2383
2372 ``fallbackencoding``
2384 ``fallbackencoding``
2373 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2385 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2374 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2386 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2375
2387
2376 ``graphnodetemplate``
2388 ``graphnodetemplate``
2377 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2389 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.graphnode`` instead.
2378
2390
2379 ``ignore``
2391 ``ignore``
2380 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2392 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2381 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2393 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2382 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2394 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2383 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2395 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2384 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2396 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2385 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2397 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2386
2398
2387 ``interactive``
2399 ``interactive``
2388 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2400 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2389
2401
2390 ``interface``
2402 ``interface``
2391 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2403 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2392 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2404 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2393
2405
2394 ``interface.chunkselector``
2406 ``interface.chunkselector``
2395 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2407 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2396 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2408 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2397 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2409 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2398
2410
2399 ``large-file-limit``
2411 ``large-file-limit``
2400 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2412 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2401 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2413 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2402 (default: 10000000)
2414 (default: 10000000)
2403
2415
2404 ``logtemplate``
2416 ``logtemplate``
2405 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2417 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.log`` instead.
2406
2418
2407 ``merge``
2419 ``merge``
2408 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2420 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2409 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2421 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2410 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2422 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2411
2423
2412 ``mergemarkers``
2424 ``mergemarkers``
2413 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2425 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` style
2414 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2426 uses the ``command-templates.mergemarker`` setting to style the labels.
2415 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2427 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2416 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2428 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2417 (default: ``basic``)
2429 (default: ``basic``)
2418
2430
2419 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2431 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2420 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2432 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-templates.mergemarker`` instead.
2421
2433
2422 ``message-output``
2434 ``message-output``
2423 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2435 Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``)
2424
2436
2425 ``channel``
2437 ``channel``
2426 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2438 Use separate channel for structured output. (Command-server only)
2427 ``stderr``
2439 ``stderr``
2428 Everything to stderr.
2440 Everything to stderr.
2429 ``stdio``
2441 ``stdio``
2430 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2442 Status to stdout, and error to stderr.
2431
2443
2432 ``origbackuppath``
2444 ``origbackuppath``
2433 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2445 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2434 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2446 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2435 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2447 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2436 suffix.
2448 suffix.
2437
2449
2438 ``paginate``
2450 ``paginate``
2439 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2451 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2440 for details.
2452 for details.
2441
2453
2442 ``patch``
2454 ``patch``
2443 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2455 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2444 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2456 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2445 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2457 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2446 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2458 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2447 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2459 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2448 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2460 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2449 from stdin.
2461 from stdin.
2450
2462
2451 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2463 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2452 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2464 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2453 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2465 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2454
2466
2455 ``portablefilenames``
2467 ``portablefilenames``
2456 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2468 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2457 (default: ``warn``)
2469 (default: ``warn``)
2458
2470
2459 ``warn``
2471 ``warn``
2460 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2472 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2461 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2473 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2462 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2474 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2463 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2475 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2464 file).
2476 file).
2465
2477
2466 ``ignore``
2478 ``ignore``
2467 Don't print a warning.
2479 Don't print a warning.
2468
2480
2469 ``abort``
2481 ``abort``
2470 The command is aborted.
2482 The command is aborted.
2471
2483
2472 ``true``
2484 ``true``
2473 Alias for ``warn``.
2485 Alias for ``warn``.
2474
2486
2475 ``false``
2487 ``false``
2476 Alias for ``ignore``.
2488 Alias for ``ignore``.
2477
2489
2478 .. container:: windows
2490 .. container:: windows
2479
2491
2480 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2492 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2481
2493
2482 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2494 ``pre-merge-tool-output-template``
2483 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2495 (DEPRECATED) Use ``command-template.pre-merge-tool-output`` instead.
2484
2496
2485 ``quiet``
2497 ``quiet``
2486 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2498 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2487 (default: False)
2499 (default: False)
2488
2500
2489 ``relative-paths``
2501 ``relative-paths``
2490 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2502 Prefer relative paths in the UI.
2491
2503
2492 ``remotecmd``
2504 ``remotecmd``
2493 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2505 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2494 (default: ``hg``)
2506 (default: ``hg``)
2495
2507
2496 ``report_untrusted``
2508 ``report_untrusted``
2497 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2509 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2498 trusted user or group.
2510 trusted user or group.
2499 (default: True)
2511 (default: True)
2500
2512
2501 ``slash``
2513 ``slash``
2502 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2514 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2503
2515
2504 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2516 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2505 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2517 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2506 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2518 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2507 backslash character (``\``)).
2519 backslash character (``\``)).
2508 (default: False)
2520 (default: False)
2509
2521
2510 ``statuscopies``
2522 ``statuscopies``
2511 Display copies in the status command.
2523 Display copies in the status command.
2512
2524
2513 ``ssh``
2525 ``ssh``
2514 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2526 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2515
2527
2516 ``ssherrorhint``
2528 ``ssherrorhint``
2517 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2529 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2518 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2530 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2519
2531
2520 ``strict``
2532 ``strict``
2521 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2533 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2522 abbreviations. (default: False)
2534 abbreviations. (default: False)
2523
2535
2524 ``style``
2536 ``style``
2525 Name of style to use for command output.
2537 Name of style to use for command output.
2526
2538
2527 ``supportcontact``
2539 ``supportcontact``
2528 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2540 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2529 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2541 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2530 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2542 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2531
2543
2532 ``textwidth``
2544 ``textwidth``
2533 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2545 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2534 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2546 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2535 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2547 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2536 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2548 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2537 used. (default: 78)
2549 used. (default: 78)
2538
2550
2539 ``timeout``
2551 ``timeout``
2540 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2552 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2541 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2553 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2542
2554
2543 ``timeout.warn``
2555 ``timeout.warn``
2544 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2556 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2545 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2557 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2546
2558
2547 ``traceback``
2559 ``traceback``
2548 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2560 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2549 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2561 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2550 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2562 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2551 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2563 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2552
2564
2553 ``tweakdefaults``
2565 ``tweakdefaults``
2554
2566
2555 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2567 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2556 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2568 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2557 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2569 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2558 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2570 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2559 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2571 effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2560 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2572 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2561
2573
2562 It currently means::
2574 It currently means::
2563
2575
2564 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2576 .. tweakdefaultsmarker
2565
2577
2566 ``username``
2578 ``username``
2567 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2579 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2568 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2580 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2569 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2581 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2570 username are expanded.
2582 username are expanded.
2571
2583
2572 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2584 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2573 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2585 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2574 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2586 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2575 hgrc file)
2587 hgrc file)
2576
2588
2577 ``verbose``
2589 ``verbose``
2578 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2590 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2579
2591
2580
2592
2581 ``command-templates``
2593 ``command-templates``
2582 ---------------------
2594 ---------------------
2583
2595
2584 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2596 Templates used for customizing the output of commands.
2585
2597
2586 ``graphnode``
2598 ``graphnode``
2587 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2599 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2588 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2600 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2589
2601
2590 ``log``
2602 ``log``
2591 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2603 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2592
2604
2593 ``mergemarker``
2605 ``mergemarker``
2594 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2606 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2595 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2607 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2596 format.
2608 format.
2597
2609
2598 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2610 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2599 the first line of the commit description.
2611 the first line of the commit description.
2600
2612
2601 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2613 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2602 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2614 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2603 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2615 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2604 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2616 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2605 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2617 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2606 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2618 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2607 serious problems may occur.
2619 serious problems may occur.
2608
2620
2609 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2621 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2610
2622
2611 ``oneline-summary``
2623 ``oneline-summary``
2612 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2624 A template used by `hg rebase` and other commands for showing a one-line
2613 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2625 summary of a commit. If the template configured here is longer than one
2614 line, then only the first line is used.
2626 line, then only the first line is used.
2615
2627
2616 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2628 The template can be overridden per command by defining a template in
2617 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2629 `oneline-summary.<command>`, where `<command>` can be e.g. "rebase".
2618
2630
2619 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2631 ``pre-merge-tool-output``
2620 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2632 A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can
2621 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2633 be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during
2622 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2634 the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits
2623 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2635 involved or bookmarks/tags.
2624
2636
2625 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2637 Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other``
2626 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2638 dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or
2627 ``{other.islink}``.
2639 ``{other.islink}``.
2628
2640
2629
2641
2630 ``web``
2642 ``web``
2631 -------
2643 -------
2632
2644
2633 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2645 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2634 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2646 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2635 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2647 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2636 and WSGI).
2648 and WSGI).
2637
2649
2638 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2650 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2639 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2651 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2640 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2652 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2641 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2653 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2642 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2654 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2643 checks.
2655 checks.
2644
2656
2645 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2657 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2646 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2658 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2647 command line::
2659 command line::
2648
2660
2649 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2661 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2650
2662
2651 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2663 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2652 that this should not be used for public servers.
2664 that this should not be used for public servers.
2653
2665
2654 The full set of options is:
2666 The full set of options is:
2655
2667
2656 ``accesslog``
2668 ``accesslog``
2657 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2669 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2658
2670
2659 ``address``
2671 ``address``
2660 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2672 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2661
2673
2662 ``allow-archive``
2674 ``allow-archive``
2663 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2675 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2664 (default: empty)
2676 (default: empty)
2665
2677
2666 ``allowbz2``
2678 ``allowbz2``
2667 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2679 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2668 revisions.
2680 revisions.
2669 (default: False)
2681 (default: False)
2670
2682
2671 ``allowgz``
2683 ``allowgz``
2672 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2684 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2673 revisions.
2685 revisions.
2674 (default: False)
2686 (default: False)
2675
2687
2676 ``allow-pull``
2688 ``allow-pull``
2677 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2689 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2678
2690
2679 ``allow-push``
2691 ``allow-push``
2680 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2692 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2681 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2693 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2682 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2694 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2683 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2695 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2684 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2696 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2685 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2697 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2686
2698
2687 ``allow_read``
2699 ``allow_read``
2688 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2700 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2689 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2701 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2690 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2702 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2691 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2703 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2692 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2704 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2693 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2705 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2694 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2706 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2695 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2707 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2696 examined after the deny_read list.
2708 examined after the deny_read list.
2697
2709
2698 ``allowzip``
2710 ``allowzip``
2699 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2711 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2700 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2712 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2701 (default: False)
2713 (default: False)
2702
2714
2703 ``archivesubrepos``
2715 ``archivesubrepos``
2704 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2716 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2705 (default: False)
2717 (default: False)
2706
2718
2707 ``baseurl``
2719 ``baseurl``
2708 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2720 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2709 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2721 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2710 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2722 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2711
2723
2712 ``cacerts``
2724 ``cacerts``
2713 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2725 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2714 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2726 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2715 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2727 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2716 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2728 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2717 with these certificates.
2729 with these certificates.
2718
2730
2719 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2731 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2720 command line.
2732 command line.
2721
2733
2722 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2734 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2723 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2735 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2724 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2736 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2725 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2737 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2726
2738
2727 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2739 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2728 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2740 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2729 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2741 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2730 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2742 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2731 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2743 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2732 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2744 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2733
2745
2734 ``cache``
2746 ``cache``
2735 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2747 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2736
2748
2737 ``certificate``
2749 ``certificate``
2738 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2750 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2739
2751
2740 ``collapse``
2752 ``collapse``
2741 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2753 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2742 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2754 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2743 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2755 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2744 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2756 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2745 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2757 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2746 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2758 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2747 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2759 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2748
2760
2749 ``comparisoncontext``
2761 ``comparisoncontext``
2750 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2762 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2751 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2763 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2752
2764
2753 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2765 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2754 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2766 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2755
2767
2756 ``contact``
2768 ``contact``
2757 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2769 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2758 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2770 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2759
2771
2760 ``csp``
2772 ``csp``
2761 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2773 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2762
2774
2763 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2775 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2764 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2776 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2765 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2777 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2766 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2778 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2767 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2779 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2768
2780
2769 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2781 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2770 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2782 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2771 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2783 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2772 threat model.
2784 threat model.
2773
2785
2774 ``deny_push``
2786 ``deny_push``
2775 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2787 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2776 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2788 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2777 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2789 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2778 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2790 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2779 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2791 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2780
2792
2781 ``deny_read``
2793 ``deny_read``
2782 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2794 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2783 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2795 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2784 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2796 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2785 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2797 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2786 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2798 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2787 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2799 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2788 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2800 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2789 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2801 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2790 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2802 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2791 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2803 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2792 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2804 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2793 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2805 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2794 list.
2806 list.
2795
2807
2796 ``descend``
2808 ``descend``
2797 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2809 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2798 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2810 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2799 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2811 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2800
2812
2801 ``description``
2813 ``description``
2802 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2814 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2803 (default: "unknown")
2815 (default: "unknown")
2804
2816
2805 ``encoding``
2817 ``encoding``
2806 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2818 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2807 Example: "UTF-8".
2819 Example: "UTF-8".
2808
2820
2809 ``errorlog``
2821 ``errorlog``
2810 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2822 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2811
2823
2812 ``guessmime``
2824 ``guessmime``
2813 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2825 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2814 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2826 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2815 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2827 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2816 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2828 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2817 repositories. (default: False)
2829 repositories. (default: False)
2818
2830
2819 ``hidden``
2831 ``hidden``
2820 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2832 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2821 (default: False)
2833 (default: False)
2822
2834
2823 ``ipv6``
2835 ``ipv6``
2824 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2836 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2825
2837
2826 ``labels``
2838 ``labels``
2827 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2839 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2828
2840
2829 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2841 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2830 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2842 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2831 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2843 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2832 if a specific label is present.
2844 if a specific label is present.
2833
2845
2834 ``logoimg``
2846 ``logoimg``
2835 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2847 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2836 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2848 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2837 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2849 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2838 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2850 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2839
2851
2840 ``logourl``
2852 ``logourl``
2841 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2853 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2842 will be used.
2854 will be used.
2843
2855
2844 ``maxchanges``
2856 ``maxchanges``
2845 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2857 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2846
2858
2847 ``maxfiles``
2859 ``maxfiles``
2848 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2860 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2849
2861
2850 ``maxshortchanges``
2862 ``maxshortchanges``
2851 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2863 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2852 pages. (default: 60)
2864 pages. (default: 60)
2853
2865
2854 ``name``
2866 ``name``
2855 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2867 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2856 (default: current working directory)
2868 (default: current working directory)
2857
2869
2858 ``port``
2870 ``port``
2859 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2871 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2860
2872
2861 ``prefix``
2873 ``prefix``
2862 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2874 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2863
2875
2864 ``push_ssl``
2876 ``push_ssl``
2865 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2877 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2866 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2878 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2867
2879
2868 ``refreshinterval``
2880 ``refreshinterval``
2869 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2881 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2870 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2882 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2871 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2883 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2872 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2884 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2873
2885
2874 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2886 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2875 (default: 20)
2887 (default: 20)
2876
2888
2877 ``server-header``
2889 ``server-header``
2878 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2890 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2879
2891
2880 ``static``
2892 ``static``
2881 Directory where static files are served from.
2893 Directory where static files are served from.
2882
2894
2883 ``staticurl``
2895 ``staticurl``
2884 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2896 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2885 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2897 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2886 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2898 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2887 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2899 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2888
2900
2889 ``stripes``
2901 ``stripes``
2890 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2902 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2891 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2903 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2892
2904
2893 ``style``
2905 ``style``
2894 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2906 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2895 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2907 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2896 Example: ``monoblue``.
2908 Example: ``monoblue``.
2897
2909
2898 ``templates``
2910 ``templates``
2899 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2911 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2900 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2912 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2901
2913
2902 ``websub``
2914 ``websub``
2903 ----------
2915 ----------
2904
2916
2905 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2917 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2906 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2918 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2907 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2919 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2908
2920
2909 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2921 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2910 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2922 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2911 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2923 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2912 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2924 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2913
2925
2914 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2926 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2915 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2927 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2916 HTML (see the examples below).
2928 HTML (see the examples below).
2917
2929
2918 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2930 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2919 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2931 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2920 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2932 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2921 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2933 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2922
2934
2923 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2935 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2924
2936
2925 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2937 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2926 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2938 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2927
2939
2928 Examples::
2940 Examples::
2929
2941
2930 [websub]
2942 [websub]
2931 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2943 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2932 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2944 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2933 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2945 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2934
2946
2935 ``worker``
2947 ``worker``
2936 ----------
2948 ----------
2937
2949
2938 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2950 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2939 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2951 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2940 helps performance.
2952 helps performance.
2941
2953
2942 ``enabled``
2954 ``enabled``
2943 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2955 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2944 (default: true)
2956 (default: true)
2945
2957
2946 ``numcpus``
2958 ``numcpus``
2947 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2959 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2948 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2960 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2949 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2961 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2950
2962
2951 ``backgroundclose``
2963 ``backgroundclose``
2952 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2964 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2953 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2965 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2954 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2966 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2955 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2967 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2956 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2968 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2957
2969
2958 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2970 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2959 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2971 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2960 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2972 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2961 threads.
2973 threads.
2962 (default: 2048)
2974 (default: 2048)
2963
2975
2964 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2976 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2965 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2977 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2966 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2978 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2967 enabled.
2979 enabled.
2968 (default: 384)
2980 (default: 384)
2969
2981
2970 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2982 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2971 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2983 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2972 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2984 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2973 (default: 4)
2985 (default: 4)
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now